EZEKIEL

 

and YHWH’s

 

 Judgment

 

 

for the

 

Good News

 

PEOPLE

 

 

 

VOLUME XXV

 

Police State

 

 

EZEKIEL and YHWH’s

 

 

Judgment for the

 

 

 Good News People

 

 

 

 

Volume XXV--Police State

 

 

 

 

 

by

 

an unworthy servant

 

 

 

 

 

 

And you shall know the truth,

 

and the truth will make you free.

 

(John 8:32)

 

 

Common Law Copyright, 2003 & 2005 CE, an unworthy servant, Calder, Idaho.  The author claims his Right of exclusive ownership and control of this publication, the fruit of his labor, as a matter of Intellectual Property protected by the Laws of YHWH and as guaranteed by the US Constitution for the United States.  Permission is granted to quote provided appropriate credit is cited together with the Publisher’s web site name and postal mailing address––WWW.age-end.com PO Box 473, Calder, ID 83808, USA. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

 

Volume XXV--Police State

 

 

CHAPTER                                                                              PAGE

 

 

      -                  Cover Page                                                                                                         1

 

      -                  Title Page                                                                                                             2

 

      -                  Contents                                                                                                              3

 

      -                  Publisher’s Preface                                                                                           5

 

 

Part WWW-Religion 

 

      376             Government Control Over Religion                                                                6

 

 

Part XXX--The Mark of the Beast 

 

      377             Identification Cards and Numbers                                                                19

 

      378             Reaching Out                                                                                                   24

 

      379             Sophistication in Monitoring                                                                          33

 

      380             Modern Monitoring Technology I                                                                  42

 

      381             Modern Monitoring Technology II                                                                 55

 

      382             Modern Monitoring Technology III                                                                59

 

      383             Project Echelon                                                                                                67

 

      384             Christian Government Tracking I                                                                  73

 

      385             Christian Government Tracking II                                                                 86

 

      386             Christian Government Tracking III                                                                97

 

 

Part YYY--A Police State

 

      387             Christian Police State Tactics I                                                                    108

 

      388             Christian Police State Tactics II                                                                   121

 

      389             Christian Police State Tactics III                                                                  134

 

      390             Christian Police State Tactics IV                                                                 141

 

      391             Destroying Political Enemies                                                                       153

 

      392             Entrapment                                                                                                      160

SHEERIT YISRAEL

PO Box 473

Calder, Idaho 83808, USA

 

 

Publisher’s Preface

 

Greetings!  The following presentation is volume twenty-five of a 36-volume production of some 6,000 pages on “Ezekiel and YHWH’s Judgment for the Good News People,” all of which is on the Internet at the www.age-end.com web site. 

 

This overall effort provides an interpretation of the Good News message in the New Testament, its linkage to the book of Ezekiel, and an application of both to the age-end prophecies relating to certain nations and peoples now out in the world.  In order for this single volume to be understood and comprehended, it is imperative that the study be read from its beginning--from page one of volume one. 

 

Anyone trying to read this volume or the study’s 6,000 pages at any mid-point will end up in a state of confusion without having read and digested the preceding material.  It is crucially important that this work be read in sequence from its beginning--otherwise, the reader will almost certainly end up missing the essence of the message! 

 

The effort was originally set on a Macintosh computer with Microsoft Word 6.0.1.  It was set in Helvetica, 12-point type (18 pt on chapter headings); single line spacings; and margins:  left 1.2”, right 0.8”, top 0.7”, bottom 0.8” and footer 0.6” (for page numbers). 

 

For further information on obtaining this study in 18 computer floppy disks (IBM-formatted, high density, 2HD, 1.44 MB, 3 1/2 inches); in a single CD-Rom; or in hard copies (when the Internet or a compatible computer is not available); please write the publisher at the above address and send a stamped, self-addressed, long (legal-size), return envelope. 

 

With a CD-Rom or computer floppy disks, the study is readable on Macintosh (systems 5.0 and later) or IBM/compatible (with Microsoft Word-Windows) personal computers.  May The Great CREATOR and SOVEREIGN OF THE UNIVERSE bless you as you study His word to learn His will and to obey Him.  Shalom (peace) to you and yours! 

 

an unworthy servant, Hanukkah 2003 CE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 376--Government Control Over Religion

 

 

All Religious Views are Acceptable? 

 

In the context of the now developing New World Order (for Satan’s coming government, to be discussed later), everybody’s (politically correct) religions and religious rituals and rites are valid and can be observed by them, as long as they respect, tolerate and appreciate other people’s views (as will be described in some detail in subsequent chapters). 

 

For sure, this system will have some role to play in the coming mark of the beast (as will be described in comments to follow).  It certainly represents the epitome of the current religious ecumenical movement.  In other words, we are all the same and can all get together and hug and kiss each other without being concerned with (supposedly unimportant) different beliefs. 

 

In this sense, all of the 32,000 different forms of Christendom can join hands and worship with other worldly faiths--Moslem, Hindu, Buddhist, Shinto, Reform Judaism, Spiritualism and primitive Black demon worship. 

 

In a way, this is what the entire New Age movement and the New World Order are all about--the joint toleration and acceptance of all worldly religions and faiths. 

 

Thus, the future might entail the creation of a one world state made up of unimportant diversities where all of these divisions are politically correct and pay overall homage and service to the beast power and government.  Even Sabbath keeping groups, like the Seventh-day Adventists and Seventh Day Baptists, might fare all right, as long as they are a part of the overall sun worship agenda (as they are largely at this time). 

 

 

Not Just All, But All Politically Correct! 

 

In allowing that all religious views can be acceptable, some qualifications are in order.  Obviously, all views are acceptable provided that they are the politically correct views of the plutocrats who are calling the shots and working on the New World Order. 

 

Any religious groups which do not fall into line on this grand, over-all scheme of political correctness (like the previously mentioned Branch Davidians, the Christian Identity groups and so forth) will be outlawed and destroyed by the government--if government is given a chance (as will happen for the three and one-half years of the great tribulation). 

 

In other words, toleration is the order of the day if your group is on the approved list.  If your group is not on the approved list, then it is a cult which must be outlawed, crushed and destroyed.  Even now, in 2003, the Big Brother US liberal government is very tolerant, and there are constitutional guarantees when a religion is “right.”  But conversely, there are no allowances or freedoms when a religion is wrong. 

 

 

Religious Issues 

 

A news report in the March 1998 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 23) said that a network of psychiatric, legal, media and Socialist groups are pressuring European governments to outlaw or curtail the activities of certain well known religious organizations--reportedly including Catholic Charismatics, Hasidic Jews, Baptists, Mormons, Jehovah’s Witnesses, Quakers, Buddhists and the YWCA. 

 

In the interest of ecumenicalism, it is probable that this present European effort will not proceed on all of the so-called cults or sects listed.  Most of those groups surely will become a part of the overall new world religion, now on the horizon, and will present no threat to a dictatorial state. 

 

As a fall out of the 9-11 terrorist attacks in the US, a whole series of new laws have been enacted (as will be assessed in later chapters).  But one of the terrifying new measures is that the US government may now monitor religious and political institutions without suspecting any criminal activity (Jan-Feb 2003 “Prophecy Flash,” p. 24).  Once Big Brother can do it, he will do it! 

 

But the value of the above reports lies in the revelation that governments are making plans to clamp down on politically unapproved religions.  Certainly, it goes to prove that there are agencies and activities right now busy monitoring and checking into the faiths of different groups and sects.  If one of them surfaces which does not fit into the approved module, Big Brother will come down hard on the group and its members. 

 

 

Using Labels 

 

Preceding chapters herein have discussed at some length the situation with the Branch Davidians of Waco and the presence of much evidence which would allow that the federal reaction to them was predicated, at least, in part, upon their politically incorrect religion.  Daily, Janet Reno and the FBI called them a cult and something evil and bad. 

 

In a 60 Minutes TV interview in 1994, Reno followed up by defining a religious cultist as “...one who has a strong belief in the Bible and the Second Coming of Christ; who frequently attends Bible studies; who has a high level of financial giving to a Christian cause; who home schools their children; who has accumulated survival foods and has a strong belief in the Second Amendment; and who distrusts government. 

 

“Any of these may qualify (a person as a cultist) but certainly more than one (of these) would cause us (the US Attorney General) to look at this person as a threat, and his family as being in a risk situation that qualified for government intervention” (Jan 1999 “McAlvany Intelligence Advisor,” p. 24, Donald McAlvany, editor). 

 

Donald McAlvany followed up on Reno’s comments by checking with some of his FBI friends.  They confirmed that the FBI had developed such a perp (perpetrator) profile to use in their investigation work.  McAlvany, in his Jan 1999 newsletter, then asked if these profiles will be used by the FBI to round up undesirables? 

 

US authorities have taken this stance, despite the fact that the Constitution authorizes a thing called freedom of religion.  Obviously, the Constitution has become a document with no power to limit, restrict or rein in an abusive, power-mad government.  Big Brother is making plans right now to clamp down on all unapproved religions. 

 

 

More on Curtailing Freedom of Religion 

 

The Project Megiddo joint report and effort, involving the FBI, Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), will be assessed in some detail in a later chapter in that it consisted of making allegations that the Militia, Christian Identity and other religious, right wing groups “might” commit acts of terrorism to help speed up the battle of Armageddon and the return of their Gee-Zeus.  

 

There is no need to broach that material at this time since it will be covered later.  But a few points about its message need to be highlighted. 

 

The report was a 1999 focus primarily upon the just noted Militias and other groups (obviously including religious and/or right wing people--like the Christian Identity proponents) fearful of apocalyptic events associated with Armageddon and the New World Order conspiracy theories.  Allegedly, they could or would commit acts of violence over the Y2K event and the arrival of the new millennium. 

 

As is always true, the writers of this report followed the normal, routine method of the leftists in never dealing with any facts, logic or truth; but instead, with a focusing upon their politically incorrect enemies in the sense of demonizing the people in the groups and trying to make an unwarranted and unsubstantiated case for the alleged great evil in these non-conformist groups. 

 

This is what happened at Waco.  Federal authorities and their leftist colleagues in the press never dealt with any known truths (like the fact that the Waco Sheriff had investigated the Davidians and found no problem with them); but instead, focused upon a personality attack on Koresh about how evil he was and how many guns he and his colleagues owned (as if there was something wrong in owning a gun). 

 

In any case, the whole Project Megiddo report was an attack upon the personalities and people in the Militias and right wing Christian groups (certainly the Christian Identity movement), who were constantly labeled as extremists, hate people and White supremacists who “may possibly” commit acts of violence in connection with Y2K because they believe in coming apocalyptic events at Armageddon and in a New World Order conspiracy. 

 

 

Some True Facts 

 

The fact is that no Militia organization has ever historically committed an act of violence in the United States in over 200 years (although the case can be made that some Militia units fought the British redcoats in the American Revolutionary War).  Furthermore, there is no record of any fundamentalist, right wing, Christian Church organization committing any acts of violence against others in the US. 

 

Some persons might try to claim that the Jim Jones Christian cult was guilty here.  But Jones was a leftist, and not a rightist.  Some would even dispute the charge that he was a Christian.  Plus, Jones did his most famous works of evil in Jonestown in South America and not in the US. 

 

Of course, it is true that some right wing, individual, Christian people, like the nut Buford Furrow and others, have committed acts of violence (just like individual people in all Christian denominations and other religious groups commit acts of crime and violence--to include, Muslims, Jews, Buddhists and on and on). 

 

The few people in the well publicized Order met at the Aryan Nations group.  But that reality should not indict the Aryans Nations or its linked Church of Jesus Christ Christian for terrorism. 

 

In any case, the so-called Order was not a Christian group, per se.  It was a small, insignificant, political group which apparently undertook some crimes to obtain money and ostensibly further its political objectives.  Its leader and likely some of its members were actually Odinists in religion.  So they were not even Christians, as is true with the Aryans. 

 

Moreover, some observers (who are really duped by Big Brother and the controlled national media) might try to say that the Davidians were an organization which committed acts of violence, but it appears that the Big Brother government was the perpetuators of violence at Waco and not the Davidians (as proven in former chapters herein). 

 

Not only were the feds busy murdering a huge assortment of women and children at Waco, but they murdered a mother holding her small baby at Ruby Ridge and machine gunned a small, 14 year-old boy in the back.  No federal officials have ever stood trial for these murders committed upon innocent women and children (and none will ever stand trial because they are above the law). 

 

 

The Real Terrorists 

 

So, based upon history and factual truths, it would seem that federal agents are the terrorists who commit acts of violence and crime against innocent Americans (and not the Militia or right wing Christian groups).  In other words, the terrorists are the people accusing other innocent parties of terrorism. 

 

This is a classic trick of demon inspired leftists, as discussed previously herein.  The objective is to never deal with facts, truth and righteousness.  Instead, launch a barrage of complaints and charges against your enemies and demonize them on a personal basis (yes, attack personalities). 

 

As federal agents and media people continue with a barrage of hypocrisy and lies, the public begins believing the lies (the Schicklgruber tactic was to tell a lie, over and over, and finally the people would believe it).  With the help of the controlled media, the gullible public is expected to build up hate toward these politically incorrect enemies when there is no factual basis for hate. 

 

 

More Facts 

 

The very fact that there was a linkage of these persons of alleged evil to a belief in the coming of a New World Order is interesting.  It was President George H. W. Bush, himself, who popularized the phrase “the New World Order.”  Per analyst David Wegener (in his video on the “American Holocaust”), Bush referred to the New World Order at least some 200 times. 

 

Subsequently, it has been any number of Clinton aides, colleagues and assistants, who continued to refer to the New World Order in the context of a coming world government (like Sandy Berger, Strobe Talbot, etc).  While young George W. Bush and his people have not used the New World Order term (they talk about globalism and the international community), the idea is manifestly present in their actions. 

 

The Militias and Christian right never invented any of the talk on the New World Order.  All of it started in Washington by the George H. W. Bush and Bill Clinton administrations.  All that people on the right have done is to quote the Washington politicians and bureaucrats. 

 

Even the Y2K thing cannot be laid to the Militias and Christian right.  Certainly, vast numbers of leading government people talked about and speculated on Y2K.  In fact, governments and corporations spent billions of dollars in preparing for Y2K.  Congressional committees held hearings and Slick Clinton, himself, built an underground bunker at the White House in preparation for Y2K. 

 

So, why try to attach concern over Y2K to the Militia units, Christian right wing and fundamentalist churches which have never committed any acts of violence in the US.  That some of these individual persons had some concern, there is no doubt.  But also, millions of other people had concern and spent enormous sums of money trying to alleviate that apprehension. 

 

Finally, there is the reference to apocalyptic events and the name of Megiddo being attached to the Y2K project report.  Of course, no one bothered to tell the gullible public that the very word apocalyptic connects to the last book in the Scriptures--the book of Revelation (which in the Greek is the word “apokalupsis”).  In the Romance languages, the word Apocalypses refers to the book of Revelation. 

 

Moreover, the word Megiddo is a geographical, Scriptural reference in the land of Yisrael.  It is repeatedly used in the Tanakh (Josh 12:21; 17:11; Jud 1:27; 5:19 and so forth).  Of course, it appears in the NT (in the context of the hill of Megiddo or Armageddon--Rev 16:16). 

 

All Christians and Jews, who have ever read or studied the Scriptures, must broach this word and must wonder and be concerned about its meaning.  There cannot be much in the way of study and contemplation on the Scriptures by trying to avoid the word Megiddo. 

 

 

Michael Bunker, Revisited 

 

In his video on “The Mark of the Beast... The Final Connection,” Michael Bunker raised many of the issues, just highlighted above.  Bunker then went on to ask if this reality is evidence that, all of a sudden, the federal authorities are in on the work of offering “Bible studies” since they are the ones quoting and referring to Scriptural terms. 

 

As Bunker concluded, the purpose of the Project Megiddo report was not to warn the nation about any real terrorism from the Militias and right wing Christian groups.  Clearly, the people in Washington and the plutocrats calling the shots had other motives. 

 

And that background takes one to the “Anti-Demonization” study, put out by the Christian Identity motion to expose Big Brother’s plans for the Megiddo report (to be described in detail in a later chapter in connection with the Megiddo allegations). 

 

Suffice to say, the FBI and various other hate groups are laying the groundwork for the mass arrest of some right wing Christians on some pretext.  As noted elsewhere herein, a hate group, like the Anti-Defamation League, may initiate some act of terrorism and then work with the FBI to blame it on the Militias or Christian Identity people (or now, after 9-11, it would be popular to blame Muslim terrorists). 

 

 

Britain 

 

The Mar/Apr 2000 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 6) had a news report from Britain on “U.K. Station Fined for Anti-Gay Ad” which demonstrated how far this insanity has progressed in Britain.  This story was about visiting US Christian preacher Morris Cerullo and his evangelistic campaign in Britain. 

 

Cerullo or some of his British supporters ran an advertisement on the British Christian TV channel criticizing queers.  The ad noted that homosexuality was an abomination and implied that faggots should not be allowed to hold public office.  The local British Independent Television Commission said that the ad was found to “prejudice respect for human dignity.” 

 

Thereupon, the Television Commission fined the Christian Channel 20,000 pounds for daring to run the advertisement.  What this amounts to, in Britain right now, is that if a station says something critical about faggots, then they will be heavily fined or perhaps closed down, which is apparently an allowable option. 

 

 

France 

 

A news report from the Jul 10, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 2) noted that the French national Assembly had passed a new law addressing certain religious sects and making “mental manipulation” a crime (in the sense of the cults which manipulate people).  A convicted person committing this “crime” can face five years in jail and a fine of $75,000.  Judges will have the power to dissolve cults if they repeat certain offenses. 

 

 

Russia 

 

In 1997, Boris Yeltsin signed into law an act which outlawed numerous religious organizations that had been working in Russia for the past 15 years (Mar 2000 “National Liberty Journal,” p. 6). 

 

Apparently, this focus was upon non-Orthodox religions.  Evidently, the Russian Orthodox Church has reasserted itself as the state run church and was obviously exempted from the recent legislation.  It is unclear what the ultimate outcome of this move will be.  For sure, it means an increasing time of trouble for Protestant Churches which have been busy proselytizing people in Russia. 

 

 

Belarus 

 

This motion set in place in Russia seems to be spreading to its sister states.  For instance, a news report in the Oct 18, 2002, “The Week” (p. 8) said that the Belarusian Parliament had passed a law declaring that the Russian Orthodox faith is the state’s “determining” religion. 

 

The law also makes a draconian move to oppression by outlawing all religious groups which have been in business in Belarus for less than 20 years.  This means that only those religious groups which were operating in the state over 20 years ago would be allowed to continue operating in the state. 

 

The law will be implemented through a state-run registration process.  Qualifying religions can be registered and function with government approval.  All other religious faiths cannot be registered and cannot pray in groups, publish, organize religious schools or host foreigners (Nov 18, 2002, “Jerusalem Report,” p. 8). 

 

This new law effectively outlaws most or all minority faiths and particularly new ones.  Traditional groups (Jews, Muslims, Catholics, and most of the old mainline Protestant Churches that were in Belarus 20 years ago) would be allowed to continue to worship in Belarus.  But any of the so-called cults or sects outside the traditional religious definitions are now excluded from Belarus. 

 

 

Saudi Arabia 

 

The May 23, 2003, “The Week” (p. 9) had a news item on the work of the Saudi Arabian government and its new Internet web site (Hesbah.com) which Saudis can use to anonymously accuse their neighbors of violating religious laws and rules. 

 

Apparently, the Saudis have a government agency, called the Authority for the Promotion of Virtues and Prevention of Vices, set up to monitor religious activities.  While the focus of this effort is on Muslims and Moslem beliefs and practices, it is easy to see that the concept can quickly gravitate to other nations and other religions--to include even the US, as will be shown in the following remarks. 

 

 

US Office of Religious Persecution-Monitoring? 

 

In the US, the Congress has introduced a bill (HR 2431) to create a US Office of Religious Persecution Monitoring, ORPM (Sep-Oct 1998 “Prophecy Club” newsletter, p. 7).  The 1998 bill is based upon specifications from the UN Charter on Human Rights.  Among other things, it provides that the ORPM will do the following: 

 

“Approve or disapprove licenses for pastors, priests, teachers, leaders and employees; establish national standards of acceptable religious practices; bring sanctions and penalties against individuals and religious organizations that do not comply with federal guidelines; punish persons and groups who commit hate crimes by asserting that ‘their’ religion, scriptures, or deity is exclusive or superior to others;

 

“Forbid persons from tithing or giving money to religious groups not on the government’s approved list; seize the money and property of persons or groups that engage in unauthorized religious activity; monitor all means of communication and the media to insure compliance; target ‘spiritual defective’ individuals who refuse ecumenical religious unity (with offenders being referred for criminal prosecution under hate crime laws); 

 

“Work closely with other federal law enforcement agencies to insure that religious unity laws are enforced and that all religious groups are registered with the ORPM; and guarantee every American the freedom from all dangerous and radical religious sects and cults unapproved by the ORPM.”  While this thing has not yet passed, it is on the drawing boards and will surely become law at some point in time. 

 

 

Present US Media Censorship 

 

Of course, other US government agencies are now getting on board the wagon to also assert their bureaucratic power over the religious beliefs of the people (contrary to the US Bill of Rights). 

 

For example, the Feb 7, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 6) had a story by P. Samuel Foner on “Fight Looming Over TV Censorship.”  Foner noted that the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is suppressing religious expressions on TV. 

 

Some members of Congress complained over the FCC discrimination on Jan 11, 2000.  The background is that the FCC is trying to restrict the content of programming by religious broadcasters.  Critics say that the FCC action amounts to censorship.  The idea is that religious broadcasting will have to meet the FCC’s approved list or criteria for broadcasting.  By starting with TV, the control can soon include radio as well. 

 

The point of these various government efforts is that religious freedom is about to end--all over the world.  Powerful forces are at work right now to terminate the global religious freedom enjoyed throughout the West since 1648 and the Peace of Westphalia.  While the coming list of unapproved religions may include a number of faiths, the Christian Identity movement will assuredly be at the top of the page. 

 

 

More on the Internet Fall-out for the Religious Right 

 

This just noted censorship/control situation brings up another issue for Internet users (besides that of the Saudis, as mentioned above). 

 

The Mayberry Internet service company will be discussed in a subsequent chapter.  Significantly, it has a service to screen out undesirable Internet web sites--like those dealing with pornography and hate (per the politically correct definition, that includes all groups which can be called racist or White supremacists--to include the Ku Klux Klan and Christian Identity Churches). 

 

The push to regulate and control the Internet was outlined in a story by Sam Francis on “Globo-Cops Want Internet Censored” in the Jan 17, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 14).  This article quoted the Cato Institute, which has released a study on efforts to muzzle the Internet both at federal and state levels.  Clearly, work is underway to outlaw hate speech (as defined by Big Brother) and track its purveyors. 

 

Obviously, Congress will soon pass legislation or Big Brother will sign an Executive Order to crack down on a number of right wing Christian groups--with a special focus upon the Christian Identity Churches.  This tragedy is coming into reality, despite the US Constitution guaranteeing freedom of religion and speech. 

 

Yes, there will be freedom of religion and speech for those acts which qualify as allowable by the government.  Conversely, there will be absolutely no allowance for any speech, thoughts, acts, worship or religions which do not march to the tune of Big Brother. 

 

 

The Libraries 

 

Actually, in early 2002, this whole subject boiled into the news when Washington began issuing instructions on limiting Internet use to all US libraries that receive US funding.  Correctly, this has been the way for 50 years--in that the US government has and can take over all aspects of state and local government, through federal funding. 

 

Within the United States, state and local government units have been anxious to accept federal funding on a host of issues.  But once Big Brother provides money for anything, Big Brother then proceeds to issue laws and instructions on how the recipients will function (not always, just in terms of the federal funding; but often, in other aspects as well). 

 

In any case, the US government has been providing money to local libraries (particularly for them to access Internet services).  Now, Washington has issued instructions that all library Internet services will include a provision to filter out or restrict sites.  Ostensibly, the concern is over pornographic sites. 

 

But with this opening door, it allows Big Brother to control all aspects of all sites (including all of the politically incorrect ones as well, which is the real goal in this entire effort). 

 

Of course, most US libraries could care less about government efforts to restrict politically incorrect sites (yes, most libraries are quite anxious to see the Ku Klux Klan and Christian Identity web sites totally eliminated), but many of the libraries are much concerned over the possibilities of restricting porno, sex and other popular web sites (not only because of the wishes of library patrons, but also library employees). 

 

The new instructions prompted at least one lawsuit from a group of Northeastern US libraries challenging the new federal rules.  The outcome of this issue is not completely settled in early 2003, but one can be sure that Big Brother will win.  One can also be assured that more of this control is right now on Washington’s drawing board. 

 

The feds announced recently that they had shut down an Internet kiddy porn ring which has seen the arrest of a cop, eight clergymen (including two Catholic priests) and a school-bus driver (Mar 22, 2002, “The Week,” p. 5). 

 

Attorney General John Ashcroft promised more surveillance of the net.  While some of this sounds good, it won’t be long before Washington turns its sights on politically incorrect people. 

 

 

The Mark of the Beast 

 

Almost any presentation on government oppression in the age end eventually leads the student of truth into a focus upon the coming arrangement which might form the basis for the anticipated “mark of the beast,” as mentioned above and as foretold by Yohanan (Rev 13:16-18).  Some clarification is now needed on what this mark might be. 

 

The mark of the beast has likely had one or more historical and ante-typical fulfillments (i.e. the sign of the cross, discussed before; and of course, Sunday worship, as many Sabbath keeping groups suggest).  However, there remains the strong possibility of a great typical fulfillment which may incorporate some of these earlier types, as well as something new and quite extraordinary. 

 

The focus of this mark or sign on or in a person’s hand and/or forehead has some interesting parallels in the Scriptures.  The unleavened bread days of Passover and the Feast of Unleavened Bread were to be a sign upon people’s hands and a memorial between their eyes (Ex 13:9). 

 

Certain of YHWH’s commandments were to be placed upon a believer’s hand and forehead (as elsewhere discussed) in a manner to serve as a reminder of them and to prompt obedience (Deut 6:8).  Of course, a mark was put upon Cain, as noted before, (Gen 4:15) and the Seventh day Sabbath is a sign or mark to know YHWH (Ex 31:12-17). 

 

In a prophetic study on the “Place of Safety” (p. 9), the former Dr Ernest L. Martin of Portland, Oregon cited the above several Scriptures and concluded that the mark of the beast will be a reintroduction of the law of Moshe as a mandatory requirement for people in the kingdom of the so-called “Antichrist.” 

 

As Martin noted, it would take something this profound to even begin to fool the very elect (Matt 24:24-25).  He said that Christmas, Easter and Sunday worship services wouldn’t hack it.  He suggested that it would take mandatory Seventh day Sabbaths and YHWH’s feast days and observances from the Word to even approach fooling the election. 

 

While his comments were interesting and should be kept in mind, this writer cannot fathom that the beast power would impose righteousness (YHWH’s mitzwot are righteousness) on so-called humanity in any sense of being bad or wrong.  Like the Book says, whoever teaches the least of YHWH’s laws will be great in His coming kingdom (Matt 5:19). 

 

 

The Ante-Type 

 

To whatever extent a sun worshipper or evil person teaches YHWH’s mitzwot correctly, be assured that this motion is good.  But the point of the various Scriptural references can have relevance when one looks at the historical record of what happened during the ante-typical great tribulation, imposed upon the civilized world by the Roman Catholic Church--with the rise to power of Constantine (c312-325 CE). 

 

What happened is that Rome imposed her heathen sun worshipping religious beliefs on the world as duties and commandments.  This pagan false worship was in the minds of the people as duties and requirements and in the hands of people in the form of obedience.  The sign of the cross and mandatory Sunday observances were only visible signs or marks of adherence to this overall sun worship theology and system. 

 

During the coming ministry of the first two prophets/the two final witnesses, the Mosaic code will be taught by them and largely restored among much of the election and perhaps many of the Jews in Palestine.  The final two witnesses will seemingly be labeled as the beast and false prophet of Revelation 13 by Satan and the evil worldly rulers.  That surely will be the reason that they will be so hated. 

 

It’s hard to fathom that the real beast and false prophet would impose on the world the theology of righteousness which will be taught and advocated by any of YHWH’s coming prophets or witnesses. 

 

 

More Possibilities 

 

As another alternative, the Adversary might possibly blend the two in some fashion so that the election can almost be fooled.  Possibly, both the seventh and first days will be days of worship (which is what Catholicism has been toying with for some time now, in allowing Mass on the Seventh day Sabbaths, as well as on Sundays).  Incidentally, this seems to be the new focus of the world’s present ecumenical movement. 

 

Another possibility is that the sun worship culture (under the beast power or as a prelude to it) will successfully disrupt the weekly cycle in some fashion (as elsewhere discussed herein), perhaps by adding a one day world holiday annually. Finally, the beast could impose the Sabbaths and feast days in the context of an altered calendar in some other way to interfere in their proper meanings. 

 

In this context, maybe Martin was correct and so-called Sabbath and feast day observances will then be imposed.  While such an alteration may satisfy and indeed fool a lot of people (to include Christendom in general), it’s hard to imagine that real Sabbath and feast day keepers would be taken in by it (like true Jews, Philadelphia, Sardis Sacred Name elements, etc). 

 

For sure, the coming mark of the beast will involve “religious” dispositions, feelings and beliefs which will be manifested in a person’s mind (as a love or devotion) and in their hands (in the context of obedience and duties to the system). 

 

Since the deadly wound of the beast is to be healed, one must not rule out a repeat of the dark ages when Rome did impose the cross, Sunday worship and so forth on the civilized world. 

 

 

666 

 

The last several years have seen a number of commercial companies start to use product or merchandising bar codes on any number of products.  This is becoming very prevalent in grocery stores and retail outlets which now use optical scanners to read these bar codes.  Some persons have been quick to point out the incorporation of the number 666 in many of these codes. 

 

The Jul-Aug 2000 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 5) reported a story from Russia that the Russians are now using a 666 bar code in identification numbers and cards being given to each Russian and each, new-born, Russian child.  The Russian Orthodox Church has protested this system.  But it seems to be in place. 

 

It’s easy to see that a new international ID card or system, to be discussed in the following chapters, will be quite useful in this endeavor.  Consequently, it must be allowed that perhaps the number 666 will someway and somehow be incorporated into the mark of the beast system and used for personal identification by the global, human populations. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 377--Identification Cards and Numbers

 

 

National and International ID Cards 

 

One of the primary features of the present oppressive government and its plans for a New World Order is the likelihood of a new international identification card which all citizens of the world will probably have to have and carry at all times. 

 

There is a strong possibility that such a card will allow the attainment of a world situation where no one can buy or sell, unless he has a certain mark or sign of identification, as discussed in the preceding chapter. 

 

As the January 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 6) noted-- “In the 19th century, it was sufficient to ask who you are, in the 20th century, it was sufficient to show who you are, in the 21st century, you will have to prove who you are.” 

 

Manifestly, a national or international ID card will allow Big Brother to track people, to profile them and to categorize them as being pro-government or anti-government (ibid, p. 11).  Once in Big Brother’s computer as a dissident, it will be an easy process for the government to freeze or seize the assets of any citizen who doesn’t march to the tune piped by the New World Order. 

 

This national and/or international ID card scheme has to be a very dangerous sign of our times and one amply anticipated in the age end  (Rev 13:16-17).  Most nations over the globe have already fallen into place on this need and now have extensive and very mandatory ID card requirements for their populations. 

 

The United States is quickly falling into line on this very thing here in the early 21st century, although there remains the presence of the US Constitution and the Bill of Rights (including the 10th amendment) which must be deceitfully overcome. 

 

The last few years have seen a number of possible schemes surface and the current one alive on the Internet and in some conservative papers is the effort of the US government to use the state issued driver’s licenses as national ID cards.  The “Jubilee” paper of May-June 1997 had a couple of articles by Cyndee Parker which summarized these motions. 

 

Parker’s first Jubilee article, on “National ID Is Now Federal Law” (p. 1, 11), reveals that the 1996 Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act mandated that US states begin to use “digital fingerprints” on all driver’s licenses by Oct 1, 2000, according to standards developed by the US Treasury. 

 

 

Present Developments 

 

These digitized fingerprints will be individualized (numerically) to fit each and every American citizen, and will be placed on each card (via a chip or some other means), along with other biometric information--such as retina scans, DNA prints and similar data (Jul 3-16, 1998, “Trade N’ Save” newspaper, p. 1).  The ID cards will then become “smart cards,” capable of being read by any scan machine, anywhere. 

 

Along with all of the other data being stored on the ID cards, one of the most intriguing innovations has been the capability to use electronic data to reproduce a person’s facial features numerically and record it as a part of the biometric data in a digital format (as will be described in a later chapter herein). 

 

Polaroid Corporation seems to be leading the way on this technology.  In 1998, she entered into a contract with the state of West Virginia to place this type of data on all of its state issued drivers’ licenses (issue 21, “AIPL Communiqué,” p. 19).  

 

 

More Planning 

 

As a follow-up on these present “marking” efforts, US Senator Diane Feinstein (D-CA) has been pushing and has introduced in Congress a bill for a mandatory national ID card for every American which has on it a magnetic strip with personal data and a digitized fingerprint, probably the same as the one now planned for the driver’s licenses. 

 

The Sep 11, 2001, Muslim attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, noted earlier herein, may well be the catalyst to speed up the adoption of a national ID card as envisioned by Feinstein.  The Sep 23, 2001, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. 1-2) had a lead article on security by Tim Jones which said that “public opinion polls even reflect support for a national identity card.”  So they are on the way! 

 

Along with the new digital fingerprints, it is evident that all of the different identification cards will be connected to the various computer data banks now in existence, probably by the widely used and required Social Security numbers, to be addressed next.  For example, banks are now requiring people to be fingerprinted in order to cash a check (which can immediately make a link to a data bank). 

 

The May 2001 “Internet Vortex” (p. 20) indicates that plans are afoot to scan fingerprint images in order to buy groceries or conduct other forms of business.  Already, the Kroger food markets in the Houston area have a pilot project underway of checking fingerprints.  Obviously, these fingerprint checks can tie back to a data bank to confirm the identity of a person and ascertain his status and purchases. 

 

Of course, it goes without saying that all of these national computer data banks can tie together without any problem at all (probably, they already mesh at the national level). 

 

It should be noted that one of the first acts of totalitarianism is the establishment of mandatory identification cards (for example, in Nazi Germany and various Communist countries around the world).  No one can travel or move about without having to frequently show his state issued identification papers. 

 

Now, this practice is gaining acceptance in the so-called, Western, Christian democracies.  Today, in Europe, it is a common practice to have to show identification cards or papers.  The United States is quickly falling in line on this requirement.  When traveling, American citizens now routinely have to show identification papers/cards to periodic police checks on the highways and in order to rent a simple motel room. 

 

 

Social Security Numbers 

 

As many persons are now aware, there already is a national computer system which monitors all licensed drivers in all states and keeps track of their status and traffic violations--largely, by social security card numbers (which are also being used throughout society for all kinds of purposes; and in most situations, linking back to large computer data banks). 

 

In today’s America, a person typically must present a valid social security number to do almost anything (like getting credit, opening a bank account, getting electric power or telephone service, entering into lease agreements, etc).  In almost any dealings with the government, the first thing government bureaucrats ask for is one’s social security number--so that they can run it through their computers for a check upon the person. 

 

Recent years have seen the IRS require that new born babies be issued a social security card before the parents can claim the child as a deduction on their tax return.  Once the card is issued, the new born child is now in a federal computer, if not picked up beforehand with the record of a birth certificate. 

 

In the 1996 elections, the state of Louisiana required prospective voters to supply their social security numbers before they could vote (Jul-Aug 1997 “The Prophecy Club” newsletter, p. 12).  As late as July 1999, the state of New Mexico attempted to mandate the use of social security numbers for the purchase of state hunting and fishing licenses (Jul 19, 1999, “Spotlight,” p. 2). 

 

Some forty years ago, this writer was issued a CPA certificate from the state of Oklahoma.  The annual registration and payment of the license fee has been diligently accomplished all of these years.  Just recently, the licensing board in Oklahoma sent me a demand for my social security number.  They said that they would keep it confidential.  The question must be why do they need it? 

 

The truth is that they don’t need it.  This writer has had a name and mailing address for communication purposes with them for 40 years.  We have had no problems over the arrangement heretofore.  After all, my only contact with them is for them to send me a annual registration form to collect some money from me.  Otherwise, we really have no mutual business or need for dialogue. 

 

So, if they don’t need my social security number, why do they want it?  Is it not quite evident that my number and registration will be tied in by a computer network system in some way to Washington--where all of the social security numbers eventually converge. 

 

In early 1997, Noah W. Hutchings and a colleague of the Southwest Radio Church of Oklahoma City requested a visit to the new Federal Transfer Center in Oklahoma City (one of the civilian internment camps capable of handling 55,000 inmates annually).  News reports said that persons interested in visiting the site for a tour should contact the institution. 

 

Thus, Hutchings and his friend requested a tour.  They had to submit their names and social security numbers even for consideration.  Both were subsequently disapproved with no real explanation on why (July 1997 “Prophetic Observer,” p. 2-3).  Is it not clear that the social security numbers of Hutchings and his friend were run through federal computer files before a determination was made to reject their applications? 

 

Incidentally, the official explanation for these new Federal Transfer Centers (which are going up all over the United States) is that they will be used for the transfer of federal prisoners to other prison camps.  A reader’s letter in the Nov-Dec 2001 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 81) suggested that they are to become processing centers for Americans sold to foreign countries.  This suggestion may have some merit. 

 

 

FDR and Social Security Identification Numbers 

 

When FDR forced the social security system on the American public, the people were told that the social security numbers/cards would never be used for identification.  In fact, for years, the issued cards stated “not for identification” (as mine so states).  But all of this has changed.  Social security numbers are now mandated as the identifying numbers for all Americans--in the form of the new drivers’ licenses (in October 2000). 

 

 

Social Security Numbers in Europe? 

 

In a televised interview with Tony Snow on Jun 17, 2001, Secretary of State Colin Powell made a gaffe that made Snow temporarily freeze.  On Russian scientists, who have disappeared, Powell said it could present a problem because Russia does not have a social security system as in America--which allows the US to monitor, track and capture American citizens (Jul 2, 2001, “Spotlight,” p. 14). 

 

This little inadvertent slip of the tongue should tell even the biggest dullard something about both America and its social security system.  But it won’t be long and Russia will have her social security identification numbers.  Indeed, the whole of Europe is now falling in line on this new form of tyranny--thanks to the US. 

 

In the Feb 4, 2001, “Coast to Coast AM” program, Ian Punnett noted that United Europe is implementing a social security numbering system for her member states.  These numbers are to be identifying numbers for each person in the EU and be recorded upon the various identification papers.  Apparently, there has been some backlash from some people over the plan.  But it seems to be proceeding into effect. 

 

 

The Enum System 

 

The Nov-Dec 2001 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 49) had a prophesy report that the US government has now given approval to a proposal to create a global numbering system called “Enum.”  The plan is to give everyone an eleven digit number to facilitate global communications (like with the Internet).  This system was developed by Patrik Ealstrom, an engineer at Cisco Systems. 

 

The social security number is eleven digests.  Could there be a connection? 

 

The same “Prophecy Flash” (p. 49) also noted that British Prime Minister Tony Blair has given approval for a national ID card for the people of Britain.  Polls show that 85% of the British people approve of the cards.  Some 70% of the American population has similarly expressed their approval for a national ID card.  Maybe the Enum system is on the way globally--with the approval of the people. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 378--Reaching Out

 

 

The Draft Registration Process 

 

Not content with just the social security numbers (outlined previously), the US government has continued the draft registration practices commenced in WWII.  Under these procedures, all young men must register with the Selective Service upon reaching age 18.  Thereafter, they must keep the Selective Service people informed of address changes. 

 

Unsatisfied with the current status of all young men, Big Brother’s agents publicly declared a new program to register all young women in the Selective Service system in June 1998.  The purpose of this scheme is obvious.  Now, they can have the names and addresses of all people age 18 or older in their computers. 

 

Naturally, these files mesh together with other files--like the social security, tax and FBI files.  All of these files come together nicely in Washington. 

 

Each person in this system is primarily identified and linked together by social security numbers (and not names)--now, at the birth of children with the new IRS requirement for babies to have social security numbers.  By punching in this number, the computer can extract all information known about a person from all government levels and files--federal, state and local. 

 

 

Employment Profile Records 

 

One of the most far reaching new federal rules put into effect in 1998 is a new requirement for US businesses to prepare a report to Big Brother whenever they hire a new employee.  Assuredly, these individual employment records and reports will feed into a giant computer somewhere to monitor the status of each person in the American workforce. 

 

 

The Latest Developments in Banking 

 

Once the public was forced to use social security numbers in order to open a bank account, the banks went to work to see what all they could do with the convenience of an identifying (social security) number for all American citizens. 

 

A news report on Aug 1, 2000, disclosed that the banking establishment has set up a central data base of Americans using banking services who have bounced checks for whatever reason--like insufficient funds, closed accounts or whatever.  Of course, this data base is predicated upon social security numbers. 

 

What all the banks will use this data base for is still open to question.  For sure, this data base will be consulted when a person applies for a loan or credit.  Since the banking industry has access to it, we can be sure that Big Brother in Washington will also have access to it. 

 

Big Brother is intimately involved in spying upon and monitoring the financial activities of all US citizens.  He is doing this through the use of social security numbers in the banking system.  Remarks to follow will focus on government spying going on in the matter of writing checks and transfers of money (amounts, who to, why and so forth). 

 

 

New Banking Dossiers 

 

Beyond all of the personal identifying information (including social security numbers, etc) which US banks now require from customers and which are being used for various purposes (as noted above), something far more sinister is on the immediate horizon, as outlined in an article on “Big Brother Banks” in the Dec 1998 “Idaho Observer” (p. 8). 

 

The essence of this report is that the federal government under Clinton launched an effort through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to require banks to begin compiling all types of new data and information on customers which can ultimately be fed into centralized federal computers to compile profiles and data on all Americans having bank accounts. 

 

The specific information is an effort to determine where each customer’s money comes from and where it goes.  Once a profile is established, the feds will be in a position to recognize and leap upon any deviation.  In other words, if a customer comes up with an unusual deposit, this fact will be immediately highlighted.  Any unusual checks will also prompt an immediate inquiry as to why. 

 

From the beginning, banks will be required to make reports to the FDIC on these unique deposits and checks.  In time, the system will likely become so sophisticated that data from the banks feed directly (on-line) into monitoring federal computers. 

 

To force all people to have bank accounts (and come under the program), the feds have commenced a policy of depositing all federal checks (social security, retirement, etc) directly to bank accounts.  In other words, a person cannot receive a federal check directly and operate on a cash basis.  Over time, this program will extend to all payments made to people (i.e. retirement and payroll checks, etc). 

 

 

Know Your Customer 

 

This just cited FDIC program is called “Know Your Customer.”  Already, many member banks have implemented it.  Also, the FDIC has proposed regulations to require non-member banks to come under the program and maintain the same type of data.  The article said that the objective is to insure that the activities of all bank customers is “supervised” at various levels of rulership and control. 

 

“The American Sentinel” newsletter of April 2001 had a detailed update report on the Clinton Know Your Customer plan.  As noted above, this Clinton scheme surfaced in 1998 in the form of Treasury Department regulations.  There was a storm of protests over it.  So Clinton temporarily withdrew the regulation. 

 

As the Sentinel reports (p. 2), federal bureaucrats (under Clinton’s supervision) continued to find alternative means of implementing the “Know Your Customer” plan.  Thus, it was seemingly forced into effect and evidently most US banks have fully adopted the program (apparently, 80% of US banks now comply with it, per the Sentinel). 

 

To add fuel to the scheme, the (international) Committee on Banking Supervision in Basil, Switzerland has adopted guidelines which are very similar to the Clinton Know Your Customer program.  They have labeled it a “due diligence” program of identifying customers, monitoring high risk accounts and risk management.  But as the Sentinel notes, it is very close to Know Your Customer. 

 

The Committee on Banking Supervision’s guidelines are becoming the global standard for all banks worldwide.  Though it lacks the force of law internationally, it appears that most countries and most banks are voluntarily adopting the international regulations. 

 

 

Enforcement 

 

A July 2001 promotion letter from Sentinel editor Lee Bellinger mentioned the establishment of the US Treasury’s “Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.”  Apparently, this new US effort will oversee all of the various new bank monitoring work in league with the IRS and other federal agencies. 

 

The US Treasury Department has had for some time a specific organizational unit devoted to the monitoring of the financial activities of American citizens.  It is called FINCIN--meaning the Financial Crimes Investigations unit.  This FINCIN organization will probably manage the overall Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and coordinate input and networking with the various federal agencies involved. 

 

 

Deposit Tracking Records 

 

Analyst Mark Nestmann now predicts that the next move in the financial eavesdropping program will be a “Deposit Tracking System” (Apr 2002 “American Sentinel,” p. 4).  The plan will be to establish a procedure to instantly track all US credit card and bank transactions. 

 

With this system, Big Brother can have an on-line process of monitoring all financial transactions of all Americans instantly.  An Oct 2002 letter from Lee Bellinger, editor of the “American Sentinel” (p. 3), said that the plan is that FINCIN agents in the Treasury will be able to link all financial information together as applying to people--to include credit card purchases. 

 

 

Sending Money Overseas 

 

As is documented throughout this study, the US dollar is very close to a total and complete collapse.  The US now runs a trade deficit monthly of over $40 billion.  Too, George W. Bush is throwing money away all over the world (primarily, in order to support his various wars against the Muslims).  This system cannot last much longer.  A crash is imminent. 

 

When the fall occurs, the government will make an immediate call in of all gold, silver, and other commodities of value.  It’s highly likely that this call will include a demand that anyone holding any foreign currencies in hand turn them over to the government.  Who knows, they may also go after foreign bank accounts.  So government confiscation of assets could be gigantic in scope. 

 

Any person above the idiot level, who hopes to get anything of value out of the US before the collapse comes, must act soon.  Hence, if one plans on fleeing to Israel or Europe and one wants to have some money in Israel or Europe, then the thinking person must start making preparations at once to get funds, assets or whatever out of the country (ideally, before 2005).  Soon, Washington will put a stop on this outflow! 

 

Through the years this writer has occasionally sent a little money (in the form of a check) to certain religious ministries in the state of Israel.  These have been small checks, generally of less than $100.  In past years, these checks cleared my bank rapidly within a few days and there have been no extra charges on them.  Never has any of the banks involved ever made a charge to me for clearing these checks. 

 

In more recent years, this writer sent a small check to Europe which was processed by a bank in Europe (a bank dealt with before by me in prior years with no difficulties).  All of a sudden, this bank in Europe was required by law to collect certain information on me.  It was necessary to send them a certified copy of my passport and fill out an information sheet.   

 

In June 2002, the bank had a form out that there now was a charge of $12 to clear a check to the US.  By late 2002, that charge had increased to $22.  In Jan 2003, the charge was said to be $75.  I was informed that the European bank was not making the charge but that it was being made to clear my check to the US.  Since my bank charges nothing on these checks, it meant that someone else was doing it. 

 

In a later check of the endorsements on the check, it appeared that a large US international bank cleared the check from Europe to the Federal Reserve Bank in Seattle and on to my account.  It is almost a surety that the big US bank was making this outrageous charge to clear a check. 

 

The next surprise to me was information that it will now take up to six weeks to clear a check presented in Europe--as drawn on a US bank.  This is absolutely incredible.  Within the US, the Fed clears these checks within a day or two. 

 

Actually, in the case of this check, it took seven weeks for credit to be given for its clearance.  The evidence was massive that either the US bank clearing the check simply kept the money and used it for seven weeks before giving credit, or something else was afoot. 

 

 

The Relevance 

 

This writer has been unable to completely ascertain the problem with this huge charge and delay in clearing a check from Europe.  It completely makes no sense at all that any European bank or banking authority would be taking any action to interfere with any flow of money into Europe (after all, this inflow benefits the European economy).  So the problem is likely with the US international bank. 

 

The thought came to me that somebody (possibly someone in the Fed, in collusion with US Treasury agents) was putting a hold on these European checks to do something with them (perhaps a good guess would have been that someone was compiling dossiers on the check writers and other information on the checks as a part of the FINCIN program). 

 

There is no doubt but that someone in the government is recording information on all checks passing through the US banking system.  However, it is very doubtful that these government intercepts are responsible for the outrageous charges to clear a check and the huge delay in getting the transfer completed.  Frankly, the best guess is that US international bank is the guilty party on both counts. 

 

The purpose in mentioning this situation is to note that the days are now in progress or will soon be in progress where it is becoming more difficult to get money out of the US.  If the government authorities were not bad enough, the big Amalekite NY banks are also taking steps to only deal with people with huge sums of money.  Small transfers of money are becoming either very costly or impossible. 

 

The point is that the evidence seems to suggest that US authorities will soon be taking action to limit the movement of US money overseas.  Undoubtedly, they will work closely with the big international banks to stop this outflow and especially from people writing small checks. 

 

 

Books 

 

In another matter, the so-called Patriot Act (passed in the fall of 2001, following the terrorist acts) has another sweeping plan afoot.  One of the fallouts of this act is the new plan to monitor the books people buy or read, as will be further assessed in comments to shortly follow below (Apr 2002 “American Sentinel,” p. 4). 

 

Actually, the new financial monitoring system will allow Washington to monitor all purchases of everything.  Accordingly, the Maryland-based Sovereign Society is recommending that people buy books and everything else possible by cash because if checks or credit cards are used, the purchase can be traced and analyzed. 

 

Thus, if someone should, by chance, buy a book on Islamic fundamentalism, Big Brother would be interested in the purchase (which would be traceable by check or credit card).  Accordingly, for self protection, a wise man should start using cash for purchases which can invite trouble down the road. 

 

 

Other Agencies 

 

Another fall out of the so-called Patriot Act in 2001 is that public libraries must now surrender information on their book borrowing records to the feds.  Thus, Big Brother can now monitor which books a person checks out from his local library.  Under the new law, Big Brother can make a demand for these borrowing records from local libraries. 

 

As the federal monitoring of libraries has evolved, the program has grown even bigger with federal plans to prosecute librarians or keepers of any records if they tell anyone that the government had subpoenaed information related to a so-called terrorist investigation (Jan-Feb 2003 “Prophecy Flash,” p. 24).  The point is that people under investigation are not to know that they are being investigated. 

 

Even the US Post Office will be involved in the new monitoring and spying programs by reporting upon “suspicious activities of mailers” (under the new PO Eagle Eye program). 

 

In April 2002, the US Treasury Department issued regulations which will require credit card companies, mutual fund brokers, commodity dealers and wire transfer firms to fill out and return to Washington “suspicious activity reports” on their customers (May 2002 “American Sentinel,” p. 12).  These new regulations require that these private institutions appoint a compliance officer to make reports to Washington. 

 

The May 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 12) also quoted the “Wall Street Journal” and noted that the Treasury Department is similarly preparing regulations to require all American travel agents, hedge fund managers, auto dealers, boat dealers and gem and precious metal traders to start making these “suspicious activity reports” on their customers. 

 

 

Trusted Travelers 

 

Following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks in the US, the Department of Transportation has been preparing a plan to use a “Trusted Traveler Identification Card” for persons who want the card and undergo the required background check.  The May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 7) assessed this innovation. 

 

The essence of the problem with this new concept is that it may put personnel who do not have the card into a category of being “non-trusted travelers.”  Thus, when people show up at an airline, those with the trusted traveler cards can be whisked through security to board the airplane with ease.  Those without the cards can be given a thorough going over. 

 

 

Medical Cards  

 

One of the key pieces of legislation vigorously pushed by Clinton was a national medical care system which would have required each person in the US to have a national medical card that would contain the entire medical history of that individual (in the context of a unique medical identifier code). 

 

This plan was beaten in the US Congress in the early years of Slick’s presidency.  But the liberals never give up; so it has continued to surface.  Thus, some provisions of Slick’s plan were sneaked into law in 1996. 

 

In the 1998 Congress, Slick’s fellow womanizer, Ted Kennedy, introduced a further modification of Slick’s health care plan to implement the 1996 law.   Again, it would require that each American have a national medical card, containing his or her entire medical history.  It would, in turn, link to a national computer system. 

 

At some point in time, it is certain that the medical card, driver’s license card, social security card and so forth (to include school ID cards, to be discussed shortly below) will all be combined into one new master identification card which will serve as an internal passport for all US residents.  This internal passport will have to be carried at all times.  It will be further assessed below. 

 

 

The MEPHA Plans 

 

The Dec 2001 “American Sentinel” (p. 9) had a story on “Disturbing Trends” which outlined the Bush Administration plans to promote a “Model State Emergency Health Powers Act” (MEPHA) in each US state legislature.  The scheme is that each state will be encouraged or forced to enact this legislation.  As the report went, if necessary, it can be tied to federal highway funds to force the states to comply. 

 

The act provides these five features.  (1) Public health officials can have unfettered access to personal health information without patient’s consent.  (2) Public health officials will have sweeping powers to establish quarantine zones in the US or limit the movement of people in an emergency.  (3) Public health officials will be granted powers to order mandatory medical examinations of private citizens and make violation of vaccination laws a crime.  (4) State health officials will be able to seize and control private property without due process of law.  (5) Sweeping emergency powers include control of private media outlets, medicine and food rationing, price quotas and price controls. 

 

It appears that this scheme will grant government officials enormous new powers in their move to impose a dictatorship and one world government. 

 

 

Shirley McCuen, Revisited 

 

A focus was directed in a prior chapter on outcome based education and comments made by Dr Shirley McCuen on a complete “restructuring” of American society, as the liberals currently plan it.  As noted, the planners now want children to begin public education at birth (that’s why children must get social security numbers at birth). 

 

As a part of this program, a computer file will be established on each child which completely monitors the child from all possible aspects--and particularly including the child’s attitudes and beliefs (which are being taught, monitored, tested and evaluated as a part of outcome based education--actually political correctness).  Manifestly, this new system will include a school ID card. 

 

This computer file and the new, school, ID cards will track the entire personal history of the child from birth through school; and on into his/her employment, marriage and life experiences.  Clearly, the social security, medical and school files will constitute the initial personal background files on a given individual. 

 

Obviously, once all of the above mentioned systems get computerized, they can all be meshed together at the federal level, as allowed above and in former chapters. 

 

While the Big Brother government in Washington has been reluctant to admit it, but the evidence has been overwhelming that computer files on Americans have already been merged into one gigantic system in Washington for quite some time now (and certainly in 2001-2002).  Proof of this assertion will be described below and in later chapters discussing the after-effects of 9-11. 

 

On this reality, a later chapter addressing the after-effects of the Sep 11, 2001, terrorist attacks will describe in some detail the implementation of the US Total Information Awareness Program to completely monitor all Americans.  While this thing is frightening beyond description, there is even something else about as bad to just focus upon small children. 

 

 

A Student Information Network

 

The Jan 9, 2003, Idaho “Spokesman-Review” (p. B1) had a story from Boise, Idaho of the offer of a $35 million dollar grant from the J. A. and Kathryn Albertson Foundation (as supported by the Albertson food markets). 

 

The purpose of this grant is to create a “statewide student information system” which will connect all schools to provide data to parents, teachers, students, administrators, lawmakers and the public.  Idaho would become one of the first states to establish such a statewide network and operation (though apparently, some individual school districts now have such a system in place). 

 

The article in the paper said that parents will be able to access the system for their children’s grades, homework, assignments, and attendance records.  While at a first impression, one might be suspicious that this thing may not be too individualized, this remark on accessibility of data to parents should completely dispel any such notions. 

 

Manifestly, this system envisions a complete dossier of activities on each child in the public schools in the state of Idaho.  Obviously, it will have an abundance of personal data on each child and then the performance and record of each child in school. 

 

Once this type of information is entered into computer files, it can be indefinitely stored and also be made available to any and all interested people at any level of government and supervision from the local school all the way up to Washington and the giant computer in Brussels, Belgium which maintains data on all of the world’s population.  This thing will be enormous. 

 

 

Identifying School Children 

 

While it seems totally incredible to even think about the prospects of these new schemes for school children, one must realize that right now in the real world efforts are being made to commence them fully. 

 

A good illustration of this progress was reported in the March 2002 “America Sentinel” (p. 7) which said that the state of Pennsylvania has now commenced a program in three school districts whereby small children are being fingerprinted and subjected to retina scans.  This information is being incorporated in a school biometric identification system (which surely will include ID cards). 

 

Children are able to go to the school cafeteria and buy lunch by merely allowing their fingerprints to be scanned into the computer system.  Surely, it will be expanded into a whole array of new uses. 

 

The Jan 9, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A2) had a related story from London, England where the Venerable Bede school with 900 students will use a retina scanning device to identify students who eat. 

 

Supposedly, the idea behind this effort in London was over the concern that poor students would be humiliated when they ate in the school cafeteria without paying.  So the school decided to make its cafeteria cashless.  Thus, all students will be able to eat in the cafeteria without cash.  They will be identified by the retina scanning device.  The same process will be used in the school library for checking out books. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 379--Sophistication in Monitoring

 

 

Other New Innovations 

 

Cyndee Parker’s second Jubilee article (mentioned in a preceding chapter on the plans for a national and/or international ID card), on “L.U.C.I.D Net--New Silicon Birdcage” (p. 4), reports on the use of a new US satellite system launched in January 1997. 

 

This system involves a “Universal Computerized Identification Clearinghouse Resources Center” which will be used as “a secure, uniform, interactive and instantaneous tracking system” to interact with worldwide networking computers. 

 

A commercial organization called Universal Biometrics Cards seems to be working on this project.  It will involve “personalized data” which can be updated periodically to provide instant background information on any person. 

 

It is envisioned that the personalized data will be “digitized bar-coded fingerprints” which can tie back quite naturally to the drivers’ licenses and ID cards, as discussed in prior chapters.  Add this data to digitized pictures and ID cards will almost be complete profiles of a given subject. 

 

The last several years have seen the US Dept of Defense adopt an identification card for its people--which has the usual picture and printed data, but the lower part of the card has a barometric code, containing all kinds of personal data which can be read by various sensors. 

 

Not only will this card permit entrance or denial of the carrier into certain areas, but importantly, sensors strategically placed in society can read and monitor these cards.  Obviously they can be read from space by satellites.  They are labeled and called “MARC” cards.  Whether this name MARC sticks or not, it has to be significant that Big Brother chose it to describe the cards. 

 

Putting all of this together can lead one to easily perceive that Big Brother now has the capability to mandate a national (and eventually an international) ID card which will be magnetically coded with all kinds of personalized data (including fingerprints).  These cards can be tracked from satellites in space so that a person can never hide from Big Brother. 

 

While these plans have historically been something only for totalitarian oriented bureaucrats to speculate on and dream about, the truth is that all of this madness is virtually upon Americans right now, in early 2003, under George W. Bush (as will be discussed in the following chapters). 

 

 

Computer Chips? 

 

The above and previous comments focused upon present government plans to use state issued drivers’ licenses as national identification cards.  Plans are already drawn up and being implemented in this direction.  But there are even substantial efforts to go beyond the federally mandated laws. 

 

While the public has been told only about the fingerprints, retina scans and a few other identifying features being digitized on the cards (as noted in preceding comments), Big Brother has more far reaching ideas in mind on using state issued drivers’ licenses. 

 

“Spotlight” of Jun 21, 1999 (p. 2), had a report from New Jersey which revealed her present plans to use a computer chip on her drivers’ licenses which would not only have finger prints, but also much personal information about the driver--to include:  The driver’s previous contacts with law enforcement and government agencies, a digital image of the driver, a summation of the driver’s historic driving record (driving violations, court appearances, convictions, etc). 

 

Obviously, such cards can be easily linked electronically to bank accounts, tax files and all other government records.  By all means, DNA and biometric information can be incorporated (as pointed out earlier herein). 

 

Already, ID cards have been developed and used which allow a chip containing all kinds of data to be implanted/inserted in/on the card (as mentioned earlier).  As noted, they are called “smart cards.”  They are being used by governments and businesses extensively in Europe (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 48). 

 

Many privately issued credit cards are now being prepared with these magnetic chips or strips of digitized data about the card and its holder.  Almost everything possible in the current society is moving in the direction of using these so-called smart cards to regulate all kinds of people and purposes. 

 

If there is one significant drawback on the use of these cards currently, it probably arises because of the continuing anthrax scare in the US mails.  An August 2002 letter from Donald McAlvany, editor of “McAlvany Intelligence Advisor,” brought out the present dilemma. 

 

McAlvany’s letter (p. 3) disclosed current plans to begin a process of radiating all mail in the US postal system to supposedly kill the anthrax potency.  As noted, this radiation will destroy/erase all of these magnetic strips/chips (along with magnetic data on videos, CDs, audio tapes, etc).  The radiation will also adversely affect gemstones mailed by jewelers.  The fall-out could be enormous. 

 

 

More on the Latest Plans 

 

The March 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 1-3) laid out the efforts gaining steam in early 2002 to impose the dictatorial ID system of Big Brother on Americans as soon as possible.  As alluded to in Cyndee Parker’s two articles, quoted above and in the previous chapter, this system might materialize in the vein of a national ID card based upon the drivers’ license requirements. 

 

The Sentinel named some of the agencies and entities which are aggressively moving forward with efforts to build this national ID card system in America, starting in 2002 (like the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators [AAMVA] and the Progressive Policy Institute [PPI]). 

 

The AAMVA plan was reportedly broached and discussed in a AAMVA planning conference held in Virginia in February 2002.  Per people at the meeting, the Sentinel learned that the plan has devolved to the point of seeking $100 million from the federal government and a federal mandate to require state departments of motor vehicles to phase-in nationally standardized state drivers’ licenses.  

 

In other words, these bureaucratic planners are not coming out with a bold initiative to establish a national driver’s license scheme, per se.  What they propose to do is to mandate that state issued drivers’ licenses be standardized across the US.  Thus, all drivers’ licenses would be the same in all fifty states and other US jurisdictions. 

 

The beauty of this system is that it will be far easier to sell it to Congress, and indeed even to the American public (since it will not be viewed as a federal takeover or of the implementation of a national ID card-system).  Something like this motion can very quickly materialize into reality. 

 

 

The PPI 

 

The just mentioned PPI outfit seems to have gone even further in this mad scheming.  This group has circulated (also evidently, in February 2002) a paper entitled “Modernizing the State Identification System:  An Action Agenda” which calls for an even more bold Big Brother effort to establish a national passport system. 

 

Specifically, the PPI wants present state issued drivers’ licenses to be completely phased out and replaced with so-called smart cards (as allowed above and in a previous chapter) that will monitor and control all facets of human existence in America--like travel, employment, financial activity, hunting, fishing, health care, etc. 

 

To accomplish all of these monitoring and regulating goals, the plan is for these smart cards to carry micro-chip data on fingerprints, (eye) retina scans, complete personal dossier (of all financial, tax, medical, criminal, etc histories), a record of travel practices, and so forth. 

 

The uses of such a card would be astronomical.  For example, they can be used as drivers’ licenses, credit cards, medical histories or needs, a pass for airport security checks, voter registration, hunting and fishing licenses, a method of linking in with all government based computer files as used to monitor, regulate and control the overall population, and on and on. 

 

The only thing not mentioned by the PPI effort is the matter of guns.  As the Sentinel noted, this issue is very sensitive to some people (like the National Rifle Association) and would evoke an immediate negative response.  So evidently, the planners and schemers can subtly usher in guns at a later point in time. 

 

Of course, this national identification card can become a gun license.  They can even be prepared to state what guns a person owns and especially in the context that the cards will become hunting licenses.  In other words, to pacify the NRA, maybe the gun thing can be sneaked onto the cards on the premise that the hunting aspect of the cards makes it mandatory that something be specified about gun ownership. 

 

One of the big features which these cards will address is the question of the status of a subject in terms of the payments of taxes, child support and other mandated issues.  This system will allow Big Brother to completely monitor the status of a given person at all points in time. 

 

Effectively, these smart cards would become internal US passports that each person would have to carry at all times. 

 

 

How 

 

Perhaps the biggest question of all is how Big Brother can sneak this monster into federal law to apply to all Americans.  As mentioned above, in the AAMVA plan, the idea is to sell it on the premise of letting the individual states and territories implement it.  The role of the federal government will be merely to set the standards that will allow the system to mesh together. 

 

And how can Washington become actively involved in this system?  It can be done the same way that Washington has regulated highway speed limits for years now.  The federal government will provide the funding (which is also one of the points being pushed by the AAMVA). 

 

Once federal funds are involved, the federal government will mandate how they are spent.  In other words, each state will have to pass laws to conform to the federal standards.  Since money is the name of the game, it will be easy to force this new madness down the throats of all Americans. 

 

Like the Sentinel said--this system will provide the means whereby the entire American society can be under the perpetual observance of central authorities. 

 

 

Personal Background Checks 

 

Moreover, it appears that a number of US states are getting on the bandwagon to introduce the practice of conducting personal background investigations on all persons stopped by police in routine traffic checks or violations.  The liberal governor of Washington state is pushing this practice, as these lines are being written in the early 21st century. 

 

Naturally, there is little opposition to this thinking since most people are quite willing to give up their freedoms without a whimper, and particularly so when the liberals point out the “need” to catch criminals (correctly, politically incorrect people) in routine traffic operations.  To put the idea over, the liberals will cry and whine on and on about the exploding crime problem and offer these traffic investigations as a solution. 

 

In order to fully implement this scheme in the US states, several issues stand out.  First, it is certain that this thinking requires a massive, centralized, computer system with an abundance of personal data on people.  Second, it is clear that in the US only the federal government is capable of developing and maintaining such a system. 

 

Third, the fact that some states are now putting this practice into effect means that this system is now operational.  And last, yes this system is presently functional at the federal level.  The reason that it is now in place is because the last several years have seen different factions and segments of the federal government develop all kinds of personal data on private citizens and maintain it in computer banks. 

 

Most of this compiled information was initially used within the various branches and sections of government.  For example, tax data was limited to the IRS; bank transfer operations were available to the Treasury Department; personal histories were used in the Social Security Administration; criminal and arrest records and fingerprint data were maintained by the FBI; etc. 

 

In recent years, the US launched a scheme to use a central computer file on persons having drivers’ licenses in the various US states, as discussed earlier.  These files apparently have been predicated on the use of social security numbers and the collection of data on traffic violations. 

 

Thus, whenever persons are stopped by the police for a traffic matter, their drivers’ licenses are routinely checked into the master driver license files, and their automobile tag numbers are run through a state file on tags.  Obviously, these checks of just driver licenses and automobile licenses are not enough for Big Brother. 

 

By opening the door to running personal, background checks on the entire US population, it means that a traffic policeman can quickly check upon the entire personal history and activities of a given individual who may have been stopped in a petty traffic question. 

 

Since this thinking is now underway, it is a certainty that all of the various computer files are already being meshed together at the federal level (as is manifestly happening right now with the Total Information Awareness Program, to be discussed later herein). 

 

And if the AAMVA plans materialize for nationally standardized drivers’ licenses, discussed above, the work of conducting background investigation by traffic police on stopped vehicles will be greatly simplified. 

 

The only question about this Big Brother system is how long will it take to get all 50 US states on board?  Some conservative states (a few in the South and West) will be a little slow on joining.  But with the constant media push, all will eventually succumb. 

 

 

DNA 

 

Besides all of this data now being compiled, a news report on Dec 15, 1998, noted that plans are underway to start making DNA tests of arrested persons in order to maintain them in an DNA data bank.  These tests are simple and involve a swab in the mouth to collect a little saliva.  While fingerprints are already unique and distinctive for each person, the DNA data can connect relatives and family ties. 

 

Obviously, the results can be computerized and used in trials, etc.  But there is another far more subtle purpose behind the DNA plans.  As discussed on the Art Bell Coast to Coast AM radio talk show program on Jan 19, 2000, Dr Nick Begich (previously cited) suggests that plans are afoot to develop DNA profiles for certain types of criminals, like serial killers and so forth.  

 

Presumably, once a massive DNA data bank is established, Big Brother can catalogue and review (with computers) the various profiles and decide upon which persons (with certain DNA types) should be arrested or otherwise monitored, supervised or regulated by government authorities. 

 

Obviously, if this DNA profiling can be used for certain criminal types, it can also be used for all kinds of other purposes (like in politics, religion, family connections, etc).  Not only can certain racial peoples be singled out for checking (like genetic Israelites), but even persons who might be predisposed for the Scriptures can be identified.  The present plans are far more profound than anything Nazi Germany ever conceived of. 

 

In Oct 1998, the FBI launched its “Combined DNA Index System” with 275,000 genetic fingerprints (Feb 7, 1999, “Spokesman-Review,” p. A14).  Great Britain already has a national DNA data base with over 360,000 samples in it. 

 

The Jan-Feb 2001 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 37) had a news report which said that Britain is launching a new program so that when police stop a car in a traffic matter, a DNA sample (hair or saliva) will be obtained on the spot to run it through the British DNA data base.  Prime Minister Tony Blair said that “This is an essential tool in the fight against crime.” 

 

Former NY Mayor Rudolph Giuliani has proposed taking a DNA sample from all new born infants.  This DNA thing can and will grow into gigantic proportions.  In time, the program can extend to the armed forces and ultimately all persons in the US.  It will be easy then to place this information on driver’s licenses, medical cards and other identification sources. 

 

This can be done with a computerized bar code across a card; or now, more practically, a computerized chip being implanted in the body of a person or on the driver’s license (as was discussed above for NJ, and as will be further addressed in comments to follow). 

 

 

National Criminal Database 

 

A May 2002 letter from Lee Bellinger, editor of the “American Sentinel” (p. 5), noted that the federal government is establishing a national criminal database, apparently called “Operation CHAOS” (as will be further discussed in a later chapter herein).  It will reportedly gather data on all criminals or criminal suspects in America.  Later, per Bellinger, it will allow “Black-bag operations on United States citizens.” 

 

Though not mentioned by Bellinger (in his May 2002 letter), the very presence of this file system allows Washington to define any person or type of a person as a criminal suspect--subject to spying, monitoring and accumulating information on in various computer files.  Obviously, this CHAOS system can link to the DNA database. 

 

 

More on Computer Chips 

 

While the discussion in the preceding comments focused upon the use of a type of a computer chip on drivers’ licenses or other cards, it is manifest that computer chips can also be implanted somewhere in the human body, as just noted.  These chips can carry the same personal data and can similarly be read and located from scanners on earth or from satellites in space. 

 

The World Future Society has been predicting the soon coming day when credit card data, passports, driver’s licenses and an abundance of personal information will be stored on a tiny computer chip and implanted in a person’s arm (or hand?) or body to be read by the scanners (Jan 13, 1997, “Spotlight,” p. 2). 

 

Obviously, these implanted chips can be read from strategically placed tracking devices both on earth and in monitoring satellites to completely control a population.  The gist of this is that there seems to be a coming day when it will be totally impossible for the typical (or particular) citizen to hide from Big Brother’s watching eyes. 

 

In his video on “Shackles of the New World Order,” Dr Rod Lewis suggests that the plan is now to implant these biometric chips in babies at birth on the premise that they provide “child protection” in this world of child kidnappings.  This system will go hand in hand with the government monitoring and spying operation envisioned by Shirley McCuen, as outlined earlier. 

 

Rather than execute child molesters and child kidnappers, liberals and humanists would prefer to implant these chips in each new baby at birth.  This then opens the door to government wide totalitarianism against the whole population. 

 

News reports of Nov 23, 1998, mentioned that a convicted child molester in Washington state was arrested because he had removed his biometric chip.  A monitoring device somehow eventually detected the removal and alerted authorities.  So the process is already in place and starting to be used.  Soon, it will be extended to all people on some pretext. 

 

A news report on February 26, 2002, said that a US commercial company now has a patent on such a chip and is making plans to begin selling it to the public. 

 

Apparently, as a preliminary process, this firm has applied for a license, permit or OK of some sort from the US FDA.  Presumably, these small chips will be implanted, under the skin, in numbers of Americans, ostensibly for all kinds of good reasons (medical, tracking to prevent child kidnappings, etc).  Yes, Orwell’s 1984 is here. 

 

Of course, the US Food and Drug Administration quickly approved the implantation of computer chips in so-called human beings; so the stage is set for the eventuality of computer chip implants in the general population (Jan-Feb 2003 “Prophecy Flash,” p. 26). 

 

 

Walt Myers, Revisited 

 

In his video on “Technology and the Mark of the Beast,” lay scientist Walt Myers focused upon the use of computer chips the size of a grain of rice (or sand) which can be placed into the bodies of humans, on cards, on animals, in automobiles and/or on anything and everything of will for identification purposes. 

 

These tiny chips or correctly transponders can be read by any scanning device--whether on earth or in a satellite circling the globe.  Myers says the government now has a program of orbiting some 840 small satellites which can read these transponders all over the world. 

 

With 840 satellites, Big Brother can scan and read chips in every human and every automobile on earth--apparently all, at about the same time.  Scanners in space or on the ground can read hundreds of items almost instantaneously. 

 

Already, plans are being made to do away with checkout people at retail stores.  A person can bring a load of groceries in a cart to a scanner which can read a person’s ID number (which can be digitized information on a card or on a chip implant in the body) and all of the items in the grocery cart in a couple of seconds, print out a bill and deduct the amount from a person’s bank account.  Workers will become obsolete. 

 

Myers says that the plan is to put these transponder chips into people, automobiles and you name it.  In this environment, no one can hide from the ever watchful eyes of a Big Brother government. 

 

In the 1998 Boston Marathon, some 3,000 runners each had one of these chips implanted in his/her shoes.  Scanners along the roadways completely monitored all runners who passed by and fed the information to a central computer which compiled the relevant status information on each of the contestants.  This information was then piped to the Internet to reach all interested persons and activities. 

 

 

Speaking Chips 

 

The May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 6) mentioned the work of Hewlett-Packard Corporation and the University of California at Berkeley in obtaining a patent on a complex nanochip and the parts that could make a computer smaller than a bacterium. 

 

Apparently, this process involves the making of a nanochip which has zones or girds which would allow the chip to serve many purposes--presumably including being a small computer. 

 

The “Prophecy Club” report focused upon the question of whether this technology will allow a man-made image of the beast to talk (Rev 13:14).  Already, transponder chips can send and receive electrical messages anyplace.  So adding a speaking capability would not necessarily be a profound development. 

 

This same article noted that the British military is experimenting with implanting chips into her service personnel.  It would be useful in precisely locating each soldier at all points in time.  Obviously, it would be invaluable for missing people (to include deserters, MIA, POW, etc) and would allow commanders to communicate with each soldier through the chip (if the voice capability is added). 

 

In other sources read by this writer, there are also plans to place these chips in or on policeman so that they can be in instant communications with higher authorities.  If the vocal capability is added, a policeman can query a central file at once on the status of any person or suspect. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 380--Modern Monitoring Technology I

 

 

Satellite Monitoring 

 

The Jan/Feb 1999 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 1) had an article on the “Iridium System:  The Mark of the Beast?” describing the possible future of computer chips, computers and satellite monitoring systems, mentioned in the prior chapter, all of which can link and monitor every aspect of every person’s life. 

 

Using implanted microchips and various bar code devices, orbiting satellites can monitor every aspect of man including commercial, social, economic, religious and other activities from space.  This data can be rapidly funneled into giant computers on the ground which completely profile and correlate all data known on man. 

 

Thus, a person driving along the road will be monitored.  If he stops at a store to buy something, his stop and purchase will be monitored.  If he goes home and has a discussion with his wife, the discussion will be monitored--using sophisticated listening devices.  If he attends a religious meeting, his visit and the discussion will be monitored.  These capabilities go on and on into all facets of human existence. 

 

No one should laugh and make fun of the very suggestion that Big Brother is now or will be soon tracking all automobiles--where they go, which roads they travel and how long they stay at a particular destination.  The Dec 18, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 2) had a news report that the US and nine state governments are now working on the plan, using computers which allow satellites to monitor cars at all times. 

 

Microdot computer chips (the size of a grain of sand, 300 feet below the ground level) can be tracked from space to within one foot of geographical accuracy.  With this sophistication and the most extraordinary computer capabilities, no one can escape the watching eyes of Big Brother. 

 

 

Spying Equipment 

 

Of course, powerful and very technologically advanced surveillance cameras are also being used throughout the American society--often, by private businesses, like banks. 

 

The May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” (p. 5) newsletter noted that these cameras are going up all over America in malls and shopping centers.  It is unclear where and how the police and FBI will have access to these cameras, but it is on the drawing board under some pretext. 

 

Subsequent comments will address the new facial recognition system in some detail.  Once these cameras are in place, it will be very easy to use sophisticated computers to analyze and study all people passing through or in a bank, mall, business, etc.  All persons can be readily identified with the facial recognition system. 

 

 

The Highways and Streets 

 

But more far reaching cameras are also being used by the state--particularly along public highways, where these sophisticated cameras record images of the vehicles, license plates and drivers using the highways.  Several states are using cameras at street intersections to snap pictures of automobiles which run red lights.  Drivers are then ticketed based upon the pictures. 

 

A recent study by House Majority Leader Dick Armey noted that some local governments are using traffic lights and cameras in an effort to write more tickets and increase local revenues (Jun 2001 “American Sentinel,” p. 6).  The lights are deliberately set with shorter times on yellow--to force drivers to either throw on their brakes or run the lights. 

 

The Jun 2001 “American Sentinel” (p. 6) also had a report that the National Park Service has launched a program to use surveillance cameras on Northern Virginia’s George Washington Parkway to catch speeders.  The cameras will record the incident and tickets will be sent to violators through the mail.  The Park Service is working on this project with Lockheed-Martin (which will receive a commission on tickets issued). 

 

With the payment of the commissions, cameras are now planned along highways across the US to record drivers, vehicle license plates, etc in order to catch speeders.  Traffic tickets will be issued based on camera images.  Roadway scanners are coming which will not only read this data, but also the chips in automobiles, as well as the biometric codes on drivers’ licenses or human chip implants. 

 

 

More on Cars 

 

With identification chips implanted into each new automobile coming down the pike, it will theoretically eliminate car theft.  In fact, the point can be reached that a car will not even start or run until its computer checks the driver’s chip or card (driver’s license or chip of the driver) out and the registration and relevant data on the car.  Only then, can the car be started and used. 

 

In the case of automobiles driving along the highway and being scanned by roadside scanners (which feed into a giant computer), automatic checks can be made of the driver’s license, the chip in the car (showing ownership, etc) and the registration and tag--all automatically. 

 

Per its chip(s), if something is wrong with the car, the driver or the registration, the computer can issue a stop order (via the scanner) to the car.  The stop order command will be read by the car’s transponder and shut the engine off automatically.  The vehicle cannot be driven until everything is right. 

 

In 1999, GM and presumably other car manufacturers started installing another unique computer chip in each new car, which is much like the black boxes now in aircraft.  This car chip monitors vehicle speed, the throttle position, the engine’s RPM and whether the driver had his seatbelt on or not (Nov 22, 1999, “Spotlight,” p. 2).  More innovations are on the way. 

 

An article on “Britain May Try to Stop Speeders by Satellite Regulation,” in the Mar/Apr 2000 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 7), said that the government there plans on implementing a satellite system to read a new electronic speed regulator chip to be implanted in each British automobile. 

 

If a car is violating British speed laws, a command will be sent to the car to terminate the fuel inflow and stop the vehicle.  The article didn’t say; but presumably, the dead car cannot be driven again until a policemen arrives, tickets the driver and takes some notification action to release the emplaced stop.  The satellite will have a positioning capability to read the exact location of each car. 

 

Satellites in space are also heavily used, as noted above.  They have the capability to not only read (and track) chips but also almost any visible written message (including 3 by 5 business cards and automobile tags) from far off space.  Moreover, they can employ infrared technology, which allows Big Brother to monitor and find any human being almost anywhere (even if trying to hide in a mountainous forest and/or at night). 

 

Satellites are also being used in the US to monitor automobile traffic.  The Sep 2001 “American Sentinel” (p. 11) had a report that Acme Rent-A-Car company in Connecticut uses a database and Global Positioning Technology to track the movements of its rented cars.  One customer sued the participating companies because the company fined him $450 for speeding three times in a rental car. 

 

 

Automobile Identification Files 

 

Recent media commercials have been advertising the availability of companies which have access to identification and data files on all automobiles and trucks sold in America.  The way this works is that an interested party can go to the Internet and pay a fee for the complete history of a car by supplying the vehicle identification number.  There is a company called “Carfax” that apparently does this also by fax. 

 

In order to supply information on all owners, accidents, repairs, etc about a particular vehicle, it means that somewhere and somehow all this data must be coming together in a computer.  Likely, the commercial companies involved are gaining access to this merged data by some method (perhaps by paying a fee or just being part of the privileged businesses, which are served free of charge by big government). 

 

Logically, all of this data is being merged and compiled in America by the US government.  Probably, the Big Brother bureaucrats would argue that they are trying to keep track of each vehicle in order to cut down on vehicle thefts.  But whatever excuse authorities use, the truth is that this operation is just one more excursion into private rights and loss of privacy and freedom. 

 

The presence of this data gathering system and the vehicle spying equipment now being installed all along the highways (discussed above and elsewhere herein) spells out a big need for a lot of tax money.  Manifestly, the American people are paying this tax money into the system in the form of the federal and state gasoline taxes (which are now over 50 cents a gallon). 

 

When the gasoline prices exploded upward in the late spring of 2000 (thanks to the efforts of Bill Clinton to pressure OPEC to cut production, as discussed elsewhere herein), several persons began to try to generate some interest in cutting some of these high gas taxes (like the 4.3 cents per gallon established by Clinton in 1993 to ostensibly cut the federal deficit).  Now, it is clear why this effort did not succeed. 

 

Usually, these gasoline taxes are not being used to pay for new highway construction or to cut the US deficit.  But often, they are being used to install spying and monitoring equipment and computer systems (to not only monitor each highway user, but the entire status of each American automobile).  Now, it is clear why Slick Clinton fought ferociously to keep this tax when some persons began to question it in 2000. 

 

 

Lee Bellinger, Revisited 

 

The previously quoted Lee Bellinger, editor of the “American Sentinel,” focused upon automobiles in a May 2002 promotion letter (p. 4).  Bellinger suggests that there is a national trend in place designed to track and restrict the movement of automobiles in America. 

 

Along with the focus now on drivers’ licenses, Lee says that Big Brother is also focusing upon automobiles.  The cameras now going up all over America’s highway, streets, etc (as discussed above) will be used more than just for ticketing speeding cars and making money from the public for traffic fines (Lee says the same thing for the portable emission testing equipment and the E-Z traffic checkpoints). 

 

Lee Bellinger suggests that the whole identification and spying processes are actually designed to allow the abolition of the American automobile.  Per this perceptive man, the plan is to install a system whereby cars can only be used by approved persons on approved business. 

 

The massive automobile and driver identification systems will limit the availability of cars and the massive spying efforts (with cameras, satellites and check points) can then enforce the no driving privileges. 

 

 

Iridium Corporation, Revisited 

 

Earlier comments herein mentioned the Iridium Corporation and its strange involvement with Bill Clinton and the possible murder of Ron Brown.  As was noted, Iridium is supposedly a global communications company, but the evidence is that Iridium is actually connected to US government work. 

 

Iridium is a $5 billion company formed just a few years ago, with major stockholders in the US, Russia, China, Japan, Korea, Europe, the Middle East and around the world.  The Russian and Chinese ownerships tie to the governments.  Motorola and several other huge US military-industrial corporations are all big players.  The company was to use current and new technology (some of which the US has already developed). 

 

There are also some other strange surprises in Iridium’s ownership and management.  One of its owners is the apparent Amalekite Grigori Loutchanski, a Russian, billionaire, criminal, friend and associate of Bill Clinton (discussed in a former chapter).  Grigori has dined privately with Clinton and Gore in the White House.  Not only is Grigori a major owner, but he also sits on the Board of Directors. 

 

Another most unique major owner and player with Iridium is the Bin Laden family of Saudi Arabia.  This family is very wealthy and operates a large construction company in the Middle East which receives many large construction contracts from the US government.  One of the key members of this family is the famous terrorist Osama bin Laden.  Osama’s brother sits on the Iridium Board of Directors. 

 

 

Michael Bunker 

 

Michael Bunker points out in his video on Iridium that Osama has been on the payroll of the CIA for years (just as was true with Manuel Noriega of Panama).  Yet, for some strange reason, he is now labeled as one of the world’s worse terrorists (as will be covered in some detail in later chapters and appendices). 

 

Osama is regularly accused of bombing US properties--like the World Trade Center, Pentagon, two US embassies and a US base in Saudi Arabia (which was rebuilt by his own construction company).  The US ties to the Bin Laden family are so enormous that one must pause and wonder if there is not something unusual going on here. 

 

Thus--is Osama still on the US  payroll?  If so, is it possible that in his alleged acts of terrorism against the US that he is really working for and serving the US government and plutocrats in some way?  Could these alleged acts of terrorism be setting the stage for a US dictatorship under Big Brother?  This option will be addressed in subsequent remarks. 

 

To accomplish its objectives, Iridium has had some 66 satellites in continuous orbit around the earth (in low polar orbits) which allow it to have instantaneous contact with all places on earth at any second in time (although some of them may be coming down--to be shortly addressed).  Allegedly, this system has been designed to provide communications for people wherever they are. 

 

They can use a small cell-phone like device to make voice telephone calls and send fax messages all over the world at anytime.  During Clinton’s 1999 attack on the Serbs in the Balkans, the US government gave some of these phones to the KLA rebels to use in directing air strikes against the Serbs. 

 

Ostensibly, Iridium was organized to make a profit.  But it has never made and seems to be taking no action to make a profit.  In fact, news reports in the summer of 2000 revealed that Iridium has filed for bankruptcy (in fact, some of its satellites were expected to fall to earth in late 2000).  It is unclear whether this bankruptcy is an organizational motion (a reorganization) or a going out of business course. 

 

Even if the corporation does go out of business, one must stop and wonder about the billions of dollars worth of technology developed over the past few years.  Who gets it?  Surely, the stockholders (like Grigori Loutchanski, the Bin Laden family and various governments around the world) will likely get whatever is left of the company, if it does fold completely. 

 

In this strange set of possible events, it seems highly plausible that this may have been the reason that the company was organized to start with.  Perhaps it was specifically designed to fail and then allow the US developed technology to be transferred to foreign powers. 

 

 

More From Bunker 

 

Per Michael Bunker (in his video on “Nowhere to Hide:  Iridium Satellites”), Iridium seems to have been involved in espionage and government surveillance efforts (this system and/or others like it are capable of continuously monitoring and tracking all humans/humanoids on earth all of the time). 

 

So far, this focus has been on behalf of the US government.  But it is plausible that the Russians, Chinese, Europeans, Japanese and/or the UN could also have a use for this technology.  Certainly, something is motivating the various foreign powers to play a major role in this corporation.  As a minimum, they will all share in the US developed technology in some manner. 

 

The implication of Bunker’s talk on the Iridium Corporation is that it has been used for espionage and subversive operations.  However, for the long pull, it or its technology is manifestly capable of becoming a global satellite monitoring and spying operation on people all over the world (not only in the US, but also in all other nations). 

 

A previous chapter also discussed the strange tie Iridium has had with the possible Amalekite, Bernard Schwartz, who runs a supposedly Iridium competitor named Globalstar (which also has a number of satellites up, but in a higher earth orbit than Iridium).  As noted earlier, Schwartz seems to actually be a friend or colleague of Iridium, rather than a competitor. 

 

Just as Schwartz has been a major supporter and promoter of Iridium, by lobbying for it all over the world, it must be also noted that President Slick Clinton likewise was actively involved in promoting and lobbying for Iridium around the world--for whatever reason (though the company has had financial problems and is now bankrupt). 

 

In any case, it is clear that if Globalstar and Iridium work together, or if Globalstar gets some of Iridium’s technology, the company or companies involved can become agencies to monitor and spy upon all people, all over the globe and all of the time (of course, with the 840 government satellites, mentioned by Walt Myers, there will be no shortage of monitoring equipment). 

 

Bunker implies that this will be the outcome of the present system.  These satellites can read the biometric, digitized codes in any type of card (and this includes the new US drivers’ licenses that were effective in all states on October 1, 2000), as well as implanted chips in humans/humanoids, in automobiles and in any other thing or place on earth. 

 

 

Applied Digital Solutions 

 

The Mar-Apr 2000 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 29) had a news report that a company called “Applied Digital Solutions” had obtained patent rights on a miniature, digital transceiver which is named “Digital Angel.”  This transceiver sends and receives data that can be continuously tracked by GPS or Global Positioning Satellite technology. 

 

This means that humans/humanoids can be implanted with this device and be tracked by satellites for location.  Even their vital signs can be monitored.  The device is unique in that it is electromechanically powered through the movement of human muscles once implanted.  Implanted people will be on a electronic leash and privacy will be a thing of the past. 

 

A follow-up report on “Digital Angel” was in a news report in the Jan-Feb 2001 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 30).  The plan is that personal identification tags or chips will be used to store vast personal information (dossiers).  These chips can be worn externally on the body or implanted under the skin.  GPS will continuously monitor each person--wherever he is and whatever he is doing. 

 

Incidentally, this GPS technology was developed some years ago by the US military and used to track airplanes, ships and vehicles.  It has become standardized and even commercialized so that the technology is available and can be used by anyone.  A similar system is being developed in Europe called the Galileo (per news reports on Apr 12, 2002). 

 

There is also information surfacing that watch manufacturers are developing a process of placing a device in watches which can completely monitor the wearer’s location and bio-sensor information on his state of health--like on the order of the Digital Angel, as just discussed (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 64). 

 

 

The Tattoo 

 

One of the horrible features of the Schicklgruber insanity in the late 1930s and early 1940s was the practice of the Nazi state to tattoo a identification number on the arm of all alleged enemies of the state.  The tattoos were permanent.  So persons could not simply wash them off at the end of the day. 

 

Apparently, they were identification numbers with a minimum of other classifying information in a numeric code--like race or ethnicity.  With the end of WWII, most of so-called humanity supposed that these Nazi practices were all over and things of the past.  But the US and other governments have been quite busy picking upon the old Nazi practices (like in gun control laws, and now in identification practices).  

 

The latest innovation was outlined in a news report in the Nov-Dec 1999 “Prophecy Flash” magazine (p. 53) which quoted an article from the Nov 1999 “Last Trumpet Newsletter.”  On March 2, 1999, the US Patent Office issued patent #5878.155 to a man in Houston, Texas for a method of marking people with an invisible ink to facilitate sales transactions by electronic means. 

 

The patent abstract reads-- “A method is presented for facilitating sales transactions by electronic media.  A bar code or a design is tattooed on an individual.  Before the sales transaction can be consummated, the tattoo is scanned with a scanner. 

 

“Characteristics about the scanned tattoo are compared to characteristics about other tattoos stored on the computer database in order to verify the identity of the buyer.  Once verified, the seller may be authorized to debit the buyer’s electronic bank account in order to consummate the transaction.  The seller’s electronic bank account may be similarly updated.”  

 

 

More 

 

Per the just cited patent document, the ink to be used is “Invisible Skin Marking Ink #743,” manufactured by Sirchie Finger Print Laboratories, 100 Hunter Place, Youngsville, North Carolina.  The writer of the article said that nothing could be plainer.  It reads like something out of Revelation 13. 

 

It appears that this inking process could theoretically be removed or later altered if it was something used individually by a single retailer or class of retailers.  However, the practice well could be a permanent operation (if mandated by government authorities), as was the case with the tattoos used by the Nazis. 

 

As the article stated, the tattooed bar code can be read from any scanner, although it is invisible to the naked eye.  This means that it can be read from any space satellite and from any scanner on earth (along the highways, at the doors of stores, in public buildings, etc). 

 

The bar code can include the person’s identification data to include even a digitized fingerprint, digitized facial picture, height, built, weight, DNA code, bank account data, employer, education, personal history and on and on.  There is no practical limit to what can be placed on a bar code tattooed to an individual. 

 

While this ink system is predicated upon something to be used in retail trade (and thus, it can theoretically be temporary, as noted above), there is another system which has been around for years now with the use of lasers.  The “Revelation File News Brief” for Nov 18, 1999, quoted the “Oklahoma City Times” of Nov 6, 1975, which had a story on the use of laser tattoos on cattle, livestock, fish, and you name it. 

 

The “Times” article noted that a technician could implant a tattoo (a brand, initial or other identification code) on an animal or fish in thirty-billionths of a second.  These tattoos evidently can be put on the skin (or possibly under the skin) by a laser beam and not even be felt or seen by the naked eye.  The laser implanted tattoos are permanent and cannot be removed.  Assuredly, they can be read by any scanner. 

 

Once a person is subject to this marking, it will be difficult, if not impossible, to hide from Big Brother’s ever watching eyes.  Since there are enough space satellites in orbit to track and monitor every human being on the planet (all--at about the same time), it is clear that every movement of a subject person can be continuously checked by satellites and earth scanners and be fed into computers for permanent storage. 

 

Yes, Revelation 13:16-17 is here.  It is no longer something to speculate and theorize about.  Man now has the capability to put a number on every person’s hand or forehead, which will completely regulate and control every moment of time and everything which each person can or cannot do. 

 

 

Detecting Money, Guns, Etc. 

 

“The Prophecy Club” newsletter of Jan/Feb 2000 (p. 9) had an article on “The Loss of Freedom, Tracking Our Currency!” which noted that the Vice President of the Federal Reserve Bank in Richmond, VA has proposed that US currency be designed to include ink and markings that can be read by scanners on earth or in orbit as satellites. 

 

The proposal has been made on the premise that Americans can be penalized for carrying too much cash.  In other words, people can be monitored to regulate and control how much cash they possess.  Hoarding of cash will be discouraged and eliminated just as the hoarding of food, gasoline, guns, ammunition and so forth. 

 

Moreover, one of the real purposes of this cash marking plan will be to discourage and indeed even eliminate the use of cash in society at large.  People will be forced to use banks where purchases can be scanned and automatically charged to a person’s bank account, based simply upon the scanner reading identifying data on a chip, tattoo or implant. 

 

Truly, man has reached the cashless society position, long talked about; but never fully implemented, nor really ever completely understood, as is possible today.  Certainly, Revelation 13:17 is now knocking at the door.  Soon, everyone will have to have the right number or identification (on his card or chip) to buy or sell. 

 

 

Gun-Seek 

 

Obviously, gun and ammunition manufacturers will soon be required to mark their products so that scanners can locate them wherever they are located on planet earth.  Conceivably, any product or item can be secretly marked to allow its detection from any place on earth. 

 

Already, there are some new “Gun-seek” electronic equipment available which will disclose the presence of hidden firearms (Sep/Oct 2000 “Prophecy Club” newsletter, p. 10).  Someday, when Big Brother calls in the guns and begins house to house searches for unauthorized materials, these gun-seek devices will be used. 

 

Also, the Jul 9, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 2) had a news item of the development of a new frisking device to be used by police to make a search of a person’s body or possessions without any physical contact.  The device uses electromagnetic waves to disclose hard objects--like guns, keys, wallets, etc.  Possibly, this technology can be used to monitor a person’s body, possessions and home at all times. 

 

Furthermore, the previously quoted May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 6) indicates that new technology is now available to allow a full body x-ray of people in certain situations instead of a body pat.  These x-ray machines can be used at airport boarding stations.  Presumably, these machines will reveal everything on a body. 

 

It is uncertain how far off these devices can be used (maybe, there is a distance limitation factor involved in their use).  Perhaps they are not yet adaptable for space satellites to detect unauthorized guns or possessions on the ground.  In any case, manufacturers will soon be required to mark both guns and ammunitions so that they can be detected from space satellites and other scanning devices. 

 

 

Religious Marking and Monitoring 

 

The Jan/Feb 2000 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 10) had a story from the Internet on “Malaysia Tracking Religious Beliefs on ID Cards” which noted that the Malaysian government will require that a person’s religion be identified on government identification cards.  How many other nations will soon follow suit? 

 

Manifestly, this data can be placed in a bar code, chip, tattoo or whatever which will allow it to be read by scanners along the highway or in space satellites.  Obviously, this undertaking will be a logical part of the age ending Beast system which will be very much predicated upon religion. 

 

Once the religion of citizens is marked and identified, the government will immediately know who must be monitored, controlled, arrested, etc. 

 

Soon, all governments will have a religious monitoring and regulation office (the US already has plans for an Office of Religious Monitoring or persecution, as discussed earlier).  Of course, it will be no big deal to limit buying and selling in the commercial world to persons of the right religion. 

 

One of the most extraordinary aspects of religious identification occurred just before and during WWII when the German Nazi government required Jews to wear a “star of David” badge on their outer clothing whenever they appeared in public and/or left their homes.  Much of the world was indignant over this gross persecution. 

 

 

Afghanistan 

 

However, one must not suppose that such ideas and thinking are only relics of the past.  In an unprecedented move, the former Afghanistan government implemented a similar plan in modern times for the minority Hindus living in Afghanistan (which numbered around 50,000 persons). 

 

As noted earlier, the Afghanistan government was moving to establish an Islamic state in their nation in 2001 (before the US intervened to cut her plans short).  Several noteworthy events had occurred to further this aim.  The last important scheme occurred around May 25, 2001 (per a NPR news report). 

 

The new Islamic method of dealing with at least the Hindu minority in Afghanistan was to require them to wear a yellow patch on their outer garments whenever they left their homes or appeared in public.  This is almost precisely the same thing which Nazi Germany did with the Jews in the WWII era. 

 

There was a huge public outcry around the world over this development.  However, the international complaints did not deter the Afghanistanians in destroying statutes of Buddha, nor did it affect their plans for the Hindu peoples.  Thus, this identification practice was on track. 

 

There is an enormous deleterious fall out of this practice.  It sets a modern precedent.  Certainly, other dictatorial states (including the eventual world government when it is in place) will follow suit.  For sure, other Islamic states (like Iran) will assuredly implement like schemes against their minorities.

 

It is very plausible that both Christians and Jews will face similar acts of persecution soon in Muslim and other third world lands.  Already, there is some persecution of Christians around the world (as was noted earlier and to be further covered in later commentary).  This motion could turn to a visible identification method. 

 

But all of this will be child’s play to what will ultimately arrive on the scene by the New World Order crowd and their colleagues around the world when they probably will impose such an identification practice upon the very elect.  And how about the possibilities that physical, fleshly Anglo-Saxon peoples (Israelites) may be so identified based upon race and ethnicity? 

 

 

The Future is Clear 

 

While government authorities are starting with mandated identification cards (containing extensive personal identification information), there is no reason why that very soon the switch can be made to transponder chip implants or tattooed bar code data (which will likely be mandatory for all new born infants on the premise of protecting them against child kidnappings). 

 

Thus, man is moving in the direction of requiring a chip implant or a tattoo in all humans, all automobiles and vehicles and any and all other desired sources or things, which can be read from these satellite scanners in the heavens or from scanners on any place on earth.

 

The comments of Walt Myers were mentioned earlier--in that grocery stores can use scanners to read a biometric ID card or a chip (or a tattoo) of digitized bar code data in or on a person and then scan all of the groceries in a cart, and charge the bill to the person.  No employees are even necessary. 

 

Obviously, man is moving in the direction of using scanners to identify people at the door who wish to even enter into a particular retail establishment (this can be done on the premise of security and to prevent thefts).  In other words, the scanner or sensor can check a person’s card or implanted chip or tattoo and say yes or no on admittance. 

 

In the case of security areas, this system of using identification cards or chips for entrance is already being used.  A person’s card or chip is checked by a scanner and if approved, the person can enter the restricted area.  The door will remain closed and locked to all persons who try to enter without the proper code.  It will only open for people with the right identification data. 

 

 

The Commercial World 

 

Will all retail stores use this monitoring system or cooperate in its use?  Well, everything in the current commercial society is moving into place where this system is totally viable across the board in all businesses. 

 

Man has entered the large corporation era where most retail trade is being placed into the hands of large corporations (yes, retail ownership is being centralized into fewer and fewer hands).  The goal is that all persons will either work for the government or one of these giant corporations (owned and/or controlled by behind the scenes, super rich plutocrats). 

 

Probably, man will reach the point that only giant retailers (multi-national corporations) will be authorized by the government to carry on business.  Governments can pass laws and regulations which place such demands on retail stores that only large retailers with plenty of money can meet the demands. 

 

Right now, almost all businesses are having to buy scan machines to read and process transactions for a number of cards (VISA, Master Card, bank cards, welfare, etc).  Some of these systems are expensive and beyond the reach of small businesses.  For many reasons, small, independent retailers are being forced out of business daily (as discussed earlier). 

 

Most food production and distribution processes are already in the hands of a few people.  The local employees at large retail stores like Safeway, Kroger, Winn-DIxie, Walmart, K-mart and so forth are going to obey orders coming from corporate headquarters or be fired.  The government can also employ roving bands of inspectors and checkers to be sure that the system functions as designed.  

 

In 2000, Motorola Corporation decreed that its dealers were obligated to compile data on their customers and submit it to corporate headquarters, where the company is compiling a huge data bank on customers (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 33).  Surely, other corporations will join in this endeavor. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 381--Modern Monitoring Technology II

 

 

Biometric Data 

 

In his video on the “Mark of the Beast... The Final Connection,” Prophecy Club spokesman Michael Bunker, discussed earlier, offered a good summary of some of the latest technology being either used or planned to be used to monitor and control all people in the future.  Bunker mentioned several different efforts underway. 

 

He outlined the use of fingerprints, retina and iris scans, hand geometry, facial recognition scans, voice prints, signature analysis, DNA profiles and so forth to be used to precisely identify any given person (as mentioned in prior chapters). 

 

Bunker says that any and all of these methods can be digitized (to a numeric code) and/or reduced to a bar code which can be read off of any card or chip.  He noted that facial scanning methods now allow Big Brother to pick out any given face in a massive crowd of people. 

 

 

More Big Brother 

 

In support of plans to use face scanning methods, the US Secret Service entered into a multi-million dollar project with a private company to establish a digitized facial data bank of all US citizens.  The company is obtaining access to all pictures used by all of the US states in the issuance of drivers’ licenses and/or identification cards. 

 

By using a scan process, the pictures are digitized and stored in the new federal computer data bank.  While the Secret Service is monitoring and funding this massive effort, the data bank can be transferred to or made available to other federal agencies as desired. 

 

At the Jan 27, 2001, Super Bowl football game in Tampa, FL, Big Brother used video cameras to record all of the thousands of attendees.  Later, the picture of each person was digitized and compared with a data base of facial features to identify each of the attendees.  Ostensibly, the government was trying to determine if the technology could identify wanted criminals in the crowd.  

 

Michael Bunker thinks that this new facial data bank is what is behind the extensive effort to install scanners and monitors along the US Interstate Highway system.  He says that the goal is to be able to not only identify each passing car (from the computer chip installed in the car), but to identify each person in the car precisely by name. 

 

This will be possible with the new facial recognition data bank.  In the interim, the computer chips in the new drivers’ licenses can obviously be read right now by these scanners.  So there is no way to avoid the watching eyes of Big Brother. 

 

The April 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 5) had a news report on how far this facial recognition idea has traveled.  Already, facial recognition cameras are going up all over America. 

 

Comments heretofore mentioned that many private businesses (banks, malls, shopping centers, various stores, etc) and public concerns (the public highways and streets) are using cameras to constantly spy upon and record information on all people seen by the cameras.  Tie this extensive presence of cameras in with facial recognition systems and Big Brother can follow the movements of all people. 

 

Sophisticated computers have now or will be soon able to assign an identification signature and/or profile to every face in America.  All of this stuff will be computerized.  When a camera reports its images on line to the central computer, the computer can convert the pictures to a digital analysis profile that can immediately identify the people in the picture. 

 

Once this system is in place, it will be able to follow and document the presence and virtual functioning of every person in America.  Obviously, if a person shows up at a politically incorrect meeting (like at one of the Christian Identity Churches), Big Brother will immediately recognize and record that attendance. 

 

 

Applications 

 

If someone would dare decide to participate in a peaceful assembly or protest meeting (like with the people that protested Clinton’s plans for war in the Middle East in February 1998 at Ohio State University when Clinton’s aides spoke, or in April 1999 at Kent State University in Ohio when Clinton spoke, or in other places where Clinton or his aides spoke, as was or will be discussed in other comments herein), facial recognition cameras will immediately record the visit to allow federal agents to not only note a particular visit, but to file this information in dossiers for future reference. 

 

The Oct 21, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 2) had a news report (quoting Indymedia from the Internet) that US military people were seen videotaping protesters on Sep 27-29 who were involved in an anti-globalization protest.  While the FBI and other federal agencies have been doing this for ages, it is news that the military is now involved. 

 

The anti-war and pro-life people both announced plans for massive protests in Washington, DC in 2003.  The anti-war protests were scheduled for January 18th and the pro-life effort apparently was to come also in January (or maybe in March) as a part of the “March for Life” program sponsored by the Catholic Church. 

 

In connection with these planned protest rallies, the Dec 21, 2002, Idaho “Spokesman-Review (p. A3) had a story by Derrill Holly on “Police to use cameras at demonstrations” which reported on plans for both of these protests in Washington. 

 

Per the story, the Washington police are to use more than a dozen automated surveillance cameras to “keep an eye on large demonstrations” taking place in 2003.  The article was not clear on what these cameras are, and how they are to be employed; but surely, they are some type of video camera which will feed into a central data collection point. 

 

The issue of turning this type of information over to the FBI was not mentioned, but this has been the historic practice.  We can be sure, that all of the faces in these photos will be digitized and fed into federal computers--probably as a part of the Total Information Awareness Program (which will be described in some detail in later chapters). 

 

Art Spitzer, legal director of the American Civil Liberties Union’s National Capital Area Chapter, said:  “I don’t think the police ought to be taking video of peaceful demonstrators when there’s no hint of lawbreaking.”  Of course, the issue is not over law-breaking.  The issue concerns the need for Washington to have files on all persons who take part in these protests. 

 

Manifestly, any Americans who protest the abortion practices or the 2003 Iraq war will have their names and pictures filed away in a government computer file.  Question, if the Constitution allows such things as freedom of speech and assembly, how is it that government agents can take pictures of people who express those freedoms (with the obvious intent of compiling information on the participating people)? 

 

 

Other Data Banks 

 

Voice prints of the vocal sounds/speech of each American are also being digitized and placed in a data bank for the National Security Agency--as will be assessed in a subsequent chapter on Project Echelon. 

 

Also, the Jun 2, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 2) had a news report on the latest technology being used for identification.  Per this report, the Pentagon is developing a radar-based device that can identify people by the way they walk.  Apparently, people do not walk exactly alike--thus, meaning that there is such a thing as a gait signature. 

 

Otherwise, it is possible to use all of the other biometric methods outlined so far to establish data banks and identify each person in the United States, as desired.  Michael Bunker says that the iris/retina scan is the most accurate method of all in identifying a person.  Even identical twins present a problem in terms of DNA identification.  But retina/iris scans are different for all persons. 

 

In terms of putting these various methods across, cameras are already going up all over America--in both private businesses and government offices.  A man can walk into a government office and be recognized immediately.  Bunker found this out for himself in the Texas Drivers’ License Office.  He walked into one with a view of getting his driver’s license reinstated and paying an outstanding ticket. 

 

While he was talking with the receptionist about what he needed to do, a man came from an office and spoke to him and called him by name.  How did this happen?  A TV camera picked him up on entering the building.  And based upon a facial recognition data bank, he was identified at once.  An official came out to talk to him, as soon as he was identified with an outstanding traffic violation. 

 

 

The Bottom Line 

 

For a bottom line on this developing tyrannical system, Bunker noted that it will be virtually impossible to avoid becoming a part of these many data banks.  Any person trying to avoid Big Brother becomes an outcast--who just about cannot live and function in the sun worship society.  For example, a person needs a social security card and number to almost do anything right now in America. 

 

This scheme was sold to the American public by the Amalekite Franklin Roosevelt back in the 1930s on the premise that social security numbers would never be used for identification.  Under the new federal drivers’ license law (effective on Oct 1, 2000, as discussed earlier), all state drivers’ licenses will have the drivers’ social security numbers on them (which will serve as the drivers’ license numbers). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 382--Modern Monitoring Technology III

 

 

Modern Eavesdropping Methods 

 

Because such extraordinary strides are being made almost daily in sophisticated technology associated with eavesdropping, it is a virtual futility to attempt to survey the field at any one moment in time.  Nevertheless, the topic remains one of exceptional importance. 

 

There is no question about it, Big Brother can now use (and often does use) advanced surveillance and listening devices which will allow it to monitor every private conversation a family has inside their home with the listeners stationed far away. 

 

This means that any given married couple cannot have a private conversation in their own, personal bedroom without a risk that Big Brother is listening and recording every word said.  American people can thank J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI and the crafty President Franklin Roosevelt for the development of this practice (per the “J. Edgar Hoover” movie). 

 

It seems that FDR liked the idea of monitoring the words of his political enemies.  For this effort, Hoover was a willing accomplice.  So the FBI began the practice of using the most sophisticated listening devices possible to monitor and record every sound made by selected people back in the 1930s. 

 

Most presidents since FDR followed suit and used the FBI for this purpose (after all, such political intelligence can be useful to many of the evil persons who have become president of the United States in modern times). 

 

On becoming president, John F. Kennedy was prepared to fire Hoover.  But wily J. Edgar produced some tapes revealing Jack’s promiscuous womanizing and involvement with the Mob (discussed in a prior chapter).  So Kennedy decided to back off and let Hoover keep his job as FBI director. 

 

Hoover and several administrations were interested in Martin Luther King Jr (because of his Communist and subversive connections).  Thus, he became a subject of FBI surveillance. 

 

King was also a promiscuous womanizer (especially with White women).  So the FBI accumulated all kinds of recordings made of King’s sexual exploits--complete with moans and groans.  In one instance, one tape even disclosed that MLK had a sex encounter with a male colleague--indicating that King was actually a bisexual.  This is not unusual, as many Blacks are not particular with whom they copulate. 

 

 

No Court Orders Are Needed 

 

While theoretically Big Brother’s agents have had to get a court order to wiretap someone, the reality is that they have had numerous legal authorizations to bug whomever they wanted to.  And if lacking legal authority, they have proceeded to pretty well do whatever they want to do without any restraints being placed on them at all. 

 

President Slick signed a new Executive Order (#13045) on April 21, 1997, which opened the door for arbitrary wiretapping and bugging of whomever the feds decide upon without question or limitation.  This order says that since “children may suffer from environmental health risks and safety risks” it is necessary to make it a high priority to identify and assess these possible risks. 

 

The order goes on to establish the authority for wide-ranging electronic data collection on every family in America.  This action even exceeds the War Powers Act which states that an emergency or crises must exist (”Jubilee” of Nov-Dec 1997, p. 7). 

 

Not only will Big Brother be monitoring every moan or groan of politically incorrect people in their bedrooms, but he will even listen in on their most private, audible, personal prayers to YHWH. 

 

In terms of obtaining a court order for a wire tap, this has turned out to be a fairly simple process.  Sometime ago, Congress established a seven member secret court of seven judges in 2000 to oversee the granting of wiretaps.  The Jun 25, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 6) noted that in 2000, this court approved 1,012 government requests for electronic surveillance or physical searches of suspected foreign intelligence agents. 

 

Since this secret court was established, it has approved 13,600 wire tap requests without warrants and without notifying the subjects of investigations.  It is clear that today there is virtually no problem at all for federal agents to obtain approval from this court for wiretaps and surveillances. 

 

In a May 29, 2002, FBI press statement from FBI Director Robert Mueller, the FBI now acknowledges that henceforth it will investigate and/or wiretap anyone the agency decides upon in America and irrespective of whether a crime has been committed or whether a court has issued a wire tap order.  This new FBI process will be addressed in a later chapter commenting upon the 9-11 incident. 

 

The May 13, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 2) had a news item that the Nevada Supreme Court had recently ruled that law enforcement people could hide electronic monitoring and tracking devices in automobiles without a warrant for as long as desired. 

 

While this Nevada case focused upon using a device to track the movements of a car, the message is clear that either eavesdropping or tracking devices will be allowed.  Surely, the use of devices to listen to conversations in cars and/or track the movement of cars is now a standard option for most law enforcement people (to include agents at the federal level).    

 

 

Telephone Monitoring 

 

Many informed people have been aware for some time now that Big Brother has numerous telephone monitoring methods to allow it to wiretap any conversation wanted.  The public has been told that it can’t and doesn’t do this without the just cited court order.  These soothing words pacify and comfort the dumb, Christian sun worshippers who continue to approve and vote for the status quo.

 

The Jul-Aug 1997 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 11) had a story on “Dispute Arises Over Proposal for Wiretaps” which revealed the FBI’s latest actions to monitor private telephone conversations.  This report, taken from the Feb 15, 1997, “New York Times,” charges that already Big Brother monitors every phone conversation made.  Computers are designed to recognize key words which the feds are interested in. 

 

If the speaker says one of these key (politically incorrect) words, his/her phone is marked for more detail monitoring.  Specifically, his phone will be “trapped” where not only his phone conversations are monitored, but even when he hangs up his phone, the technology allows the FBI to continue eavesdropping on every conversation going on in the area around the phone, even after the phone has been hung up. 

 

The technology is now in place for Big Brother to monitor all conversations, vocal expressions and even visual manifestations through the family TV set and particularly when it is hooked up to cable and/or satellite systems.  While the media companies would deny that these possibilities are taking place, one must be aware of what all is going on or could be going on in today’s world. 

 

 

Cell Phones 

 

A news report on Aug 18, 1999, noted that a cellular phone can be used for eavesdropping by simply turning the ringer off and hiding the phone in a place.  The person wanting to listen in on conversations can go to a remote location and dial the number and pick up all of the sounds and talk in the vicinity of the phone. 

 

The scheme also is that the FBI is now able to use cell phones and pagers as tracking devices to disclose the physical locations of their users (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 40). 

 

In a “Letter from the Founder,” the May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 5) had an update on the use of cell phones for tracking purposes.  Under current Federal Communications Commission rules, all US carriers are required to make it possible for police to locate certain cell phone users--specifically persons who dial 911 and stranded motorists.  All cell phones sold by 2005 will offer this provision. 

 

This same article noted that the FBI has told cell phone companies that it will need access to all voice calls, including those sent over data networks.  This provision is supposed to be interference free so that phone users won’t know that their phones are tapped. 

 

Since the feds have a green light to listen to all of these messages, they have a complete profile on the people involved and their messages and now can locate and track them precisely wherever they may be physically present. 

 

 

International Spying 

 

Not only has Big Brother undertaken the task of spying upon all private conversations in the US; but for years, he has been doing the same thing in the context of international communications between private citizens as well as government officials.  Since the spying is supposedly being done in the context of US defense, no one questions it. 

 

The actual project is code-named “Echelon.”  It is being run by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and consists of a complex network of strategically placed listening and spying stations placed around the world (of both friendly and enemy countries) to snoop on all private radio and telephone conversations--using signal, communication methods. 

 

Project Echelon is massive and far reaching.  It will be assessed in some detail in comments to come in the succeeding chapter. 

 

Beyond the government’s outright efforts to personally eavesdrop on private conversations and messages in the communications world, a very intrusive action was authorized on Aug 18, 2000, when the US Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that phone companies can sell or give consumer proprietary network data to anyone (government or private)--to include location, duration and frequency of calls (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 32). 

 

 

Internet Spying 

 

The Internet seems to be one of the most explosive phenomena of the early 21st century with all kinds of people and groups getting attached to it.  “Scriptures for America” (v. 4, 1997, p. 5) had a book review of a book by Bill Lauterbach on “Danger on the Internet.” 

 

Lauterbach notes that a person’s computer gives each website visited and personal information about the owner/user (for example, Internet account data and software and type of computer being used).  This type of personal information allows the Internet to become a giant tracking and profiling system which can be used by Big Brother and anyone else with access to the data. 

 

The previously discussed Dr Rod Lewis discussed the situation with “Deep Blue,” one of the world’s largest and fastest super computers.  IBM built it a few years ago with US funding (per video “Shackles of the New World Order”).  Lewis suggests that it is being used to monitor and track people on the Internet.  Reportedly, all people/websites now using the Internet are profiled and tracked. 

 

The computer compiles data on all stations visited by a given user and on all of the websites from the standpoint of all other users who visit them.  Furthermore, once a computer hooks onto the Internet, sophisticated programs allow the monitoring and checking of “all” data on the hard-drives of the users.  In short, there are no secrets on the Internet. 

 

One should not discount this reality because an AP article on “Internet Security Flaw Found” said that “hackers” can now steal any and all data off of unsuspecting Internet users (Jan 6, 1999, “Spokesman-Review,” p. A8). 

 

The January 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 7) followed up with a Dec 12, 2001, report from Reuters that the FBI is developing a computer virus capable of looking into the private computer files of any person using the Internet or email.  Apparently, this system is now operational in early 2003 and is being used by the FBI as a part of its Carnivore program (to be discussed in later chapters). 

 

Thus, millions of Internet users can have their hard drives entrapped and read.  The article outlined this situation for users of Microsoft’s Excel program.  Obviously, if it is possible with Excel, it certainly is possible with any other program. 

 

 

More on Reading All Computers 

 

Another dangerous development was outlined in the Jan 1999 “America’s Promise” newsletter (p. 4) with comments on the “Administration’s Plan to Bug America.”  In 1993, Attorney General Reno appointed Clinton’s Whitewater friend Webster Hubbell to implement a special, top-secret, computer chip program called “Clipper” which was supposedly allowable in legislation then passed. 

 

The background on the Clipper chip was that it contained a “exploitable feature” which would allow the US government to intercept and decode all computer communications, E-mail, etc.  To accomplish this effort, the plan in 1996 was for the government to mandate that all computers sold in America have this built in Clipper to provide a “key-recovery” system on all computer messages. 

 

This government key-recovery or key-escrow system is a back door plan to monitor and spy upon all American computers.   The article did mention an apparent downside, however.  Just as Big Brother in Washington can read everyone’s mail, so can foreign powers tap into the system and perform economic and political espionage around the world. 

 

With these computer capabilities, Big Brother can check upon, monitor and eavesdrop on all politically incorrect people and develop profiles upon them, read their hard-drives, monitor who they visit and who visits them on the Internet and intercept all of their messages, E-mail, faxes, etc. 

 

While there is this Big Brother focus on politically incorrect people; real criminals, like pedophiles and sexual perverts, seem to have some latitude from this scrutiny to carry on their operations. 

 

Government authorities are not particularly concerned about sex deviates (such as former President Slick Clinton).  Pedophiles, murderers, rapists, adulterers, sodomites, thieves and so forth are no threat to an oppressive Big Brother government.  It is honest people who oppose the wickedness of government that quickly find themselves at odds with government. 

 

Consequently, government’s focus will always zero in on politically incorrect people who disapprove of the way the nation is going in terms of morality, honesty and integrity.  Obviously, people who are opposed to the new social gods of the state (racial integration and amalgamation, homosexuality, feminism, etc) will soon become enemies of the state. 

 

It is persons who will not worship these new state gods and who do not fit into the new “approved” mode that will soon find themselves targets of the modern sun worship governments.  Big Brother is preparing to crack down upon non-conformists! 

 

 

Recent Developments 

 

Beyond the obvious Big Brother ability to monitor and read Internet communications and computer hard drives attached to it, there is potentially a far more frightening and terrifying development on going in surveillance technology and the desires of various clandestine government operatives to violate the private lives of as many people as is possible. 

 

The week of May 18, 1998, saw a former Soviet KGB official (now a defector to the US) go before a US Senate committee to explain the USSR development and use of extremely low radio frequencies for clandestine intelligence functions (discussed on the G. Gordon Liddy Radio Talk Show on May 20, 1998). 

 

The particular focus of this testimony was that the Russians had developed the technology to read, sabotage, hurt, damage or interfere in the operations of all or most all computers in existence (both on and off of the Internet).  The methodology involves the use of low frequencies to beam in on specific wiring, chips and other electrical devices in a computer and/or a number of computers in a defined geographical area. 

 

Once locked on a computer or computers, the frequencies can attack the target’s electrical wiring or components in some manner (as a minimum, destroying or bugging stored data).  This technology has some obvious real values in the case of the conduct of subversive warfare against various targets.  Clearly, technology is advancing to unimaginable levels. 

 

In listening to a discussion on this man’s testimony before the US Senate, it became apparent that either by now or very soon in the future, technology would be in place which would allow a surveillance system to alter stored data in some manner and/or monitor computer hard drives by external forces, as is now true with various monitoring devices listening in on private conversations inside a home or building. 

 

 

More Advances 

 

A Jul 28, 2001, AP report suggests that indeed the US right now has the capability to read keystrokes being made on a keyboard, the screen and indeed the hard drive of computers (Aug 8, 2001, “Idaho Observer,” p. 2).  The feds can park a van outside and away from a computer and use a black box and new software to read anything they want to.  They can even recreate pictures shown on a screen. 

 

In other words, the capability is surely now in place whereby a van containing certain sophisticated computer monitoring equipment can be parked some distance from a home or office containing a computer.  An operator in the van will be able to read and/or conceivably alter data on a distant computer’s hard drive. 

 

The Jan/Feb 2000 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 9) had a story by David Noack on “Is the Government Watching Your Computer?” which focused upon this technology.  This report was predicted upon two recently released documents from the National Security Agency which showed that indeed the US government has had the capability for a decade to clandestinely eavesdrop on what someone is typing on his computer. 

 

Noack says that with “the right equipment, the electromagnetic radiation given off from computers can be intercepted from a remote location, and then redisplayed in the case of a monitor screen or recorded and replayed with a printer or keyboard.”  The project is called “TEMPEST,” in US government documents. 

 

Computer security consultant Joel McNamara suggests that personal privacy plays a small role in using this equipment.  He adds that the real goals are political and economic espionage issues.  In other words, this capability will be used by governments internally to spy on politically incorrect people who own and use a computer. 

 

McNamara went on to say that since computer monitors, hard drives, and modems all give off electromagnetic radiation, the right equipment could reconstruct the data from all of these devices.  He notes that displays on monitors can be read from a mile away.  Present technology will not allow data to be read from satellites because there is too much electromagnetic interference. 

 

This effort may sound far fetched, but it appears to now be reality as was confirmed in a report in the May-Jun 2002 “Prophecy Club” newsletter (p. 5) which said that a secret program can be installed on any computer which will record every keystroke made on a computer and send the message back to an FBI investigator.  The FBI effort is a part of the “Cyber Knight” program, involving Magic Lantern technology. 

 

 

Michael Bunker, Revisited  

 

In his video on the “Mark of the Beast... The Final Connection,” the previously discussed Michael Bunker outlined one of the latest Big Brother innovations.  This one is the secret National Infrastructure Protection Center which is ostensibly designed to protect and safeguard the Internet from computer hackers and terrorists. 

 

With all of the so-called computer terrorism on the Internet in late 1999 and early 2000, this new agency will have expanded powers to monitor, spy upon and investigate Internet users.  Apparently, it will be made up of people from several different US agencies--like the FBI, NSA, NRO (National Reconnaissance Office) and others. 

 

The way Michael Bunker described it suggests that it probably will be a massive Internet spying effort which involves many US agencies. Perhaps the National Infrastructure Protection Center will be the headquarters and coordinating agency which oversees the entire operation. 

 

At this point in time, it is a certainty that no one knows what all this new agency will do beyond a few key people in government.  At the moment, it appears very ominous and threatening to many of the freedoms that people have enjoyed in using the Internet. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 383--Project Echelon

 

 

Margaret Newsham 

 

The Art Bell Coast to Coast AM radio talk show program was scheduled to have Margaret Newsham on the program on March 1, 2000.  She is a person extremely familiar with the US Government’s “Project Echelon,” which was briefly mentioned in former comments herein. 

 

Sixty Minutes had had a story on this project on Feb 27, 2000, with her on the program.  Bell contacted her early on March 1st about coming on his program.  She said “yes” and seemed to be fully cooperative. 

 

Bell’s program is a late night program.  So he called her that night (per the agreement) and she wasn’t at home.  Whereas she had formerly had a telephone answering machine in Bell’s earlier call, there was no answering machine on his several attempts to reach her on the night of March 1st.  

 

Since Art Bell’s telephone lines and programs are fully monitored (entrapped) by US government officials (Art knows this and is even aware of the telephone entrapment sounds and procedures which are detectable if one is familiar with them), he expressed concern on the night of March 1, 2000, for Margaret’s safety. 

 

He was absolutely sure that government agents were aware of his conversation with the woman.  In this context, he was fearful that they had gotten to her, threatened her, intimidated her or otherwise removed her from circulation. 

 

Art was able to reach her the next day.  She came on his program that night (March 2nd).  The problem on March 1st was not really explained.  But Margaret implied that federal agents were not involved.  The purpose here in mentioning this event is that a man like Art Bell would come to the obvious conclusion that federal agents had intimidated her. 

 

This should give the reader some idea of what all is happening in America.  In today’s America, everyone must be concerned that Big Brother listens to and monitors all communications.  If a person speaks the wrong word, he can be in trouble.  Yes, 1984 is here (as elsewhere noted herein). 

 

Margaret’s background was that she worked for Ford Aerospace and later Lockheed who did contract work for the National Security Agency (NSA) and the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO).  NRO was so secret that no one knew of its existence for years.  It operates and maintains the US satellite spying system in orbit around the earth. 

 

 

In England 

 

In telling her story, Margaret worked in England (apparently, at a place called Minwhit Hill?), starting in 1976 for about ten years on a clandestine government project called Silkworth--which was a worldwide wiretap program designed to spy on communications in foreign lands.  In those days, the British were unaware of the work of US people like Margaret in their nation spying upon their citizens. 

 

In the late 1990s, news of this secret US spying effort began to leak out and several foreign countries were upset.  By then, Britain and a number of foreign nations were on board, sharing in the data; so it became a non-issue with them (as will be shortly addressed). 

 

Supposedly, the program did not listen in on conversations of US citizens.  But Margaret said that they did so in England.  She gave an illustration involving US Senator Strom Thurman (R-SC). 

 

 

She Went Public 

 

Trouble developed for her when she was ordered to prepare some billing records, showing that she did work for NSA and NRO which she did not do (the goal here is obvious--to bill Uncle Sap for work not done).  She refused and was fired.  Later, she brought a lawsuit against the contractors. 

 

This prompted some Congressional interest.  So she received a subpoena or a request to appear before the House Intelligence Committee, headed in the late 1980s by Congressman Stokes.  The Committee held hearings behind closed doors.  So no public statements ever came forth on what they heard or what they did about her charges that the agencies were spying on US citizens as well as foreigners. 

 

Art Bell later that night (of Mar 2, 2000) had a former NSA employee named Ira Winkler on.  He argued that when he was with NSA, some years ago, they did not target American citizens.  He tried to make the case that the situation in England with Margaret was a rogue effort, unapproved by Washington authorities.  This man was such a blind follower of Big Brother that his remarks have to be completely discounted. 

 

 

Project Echelon, Revisited 

 

In any case, Margaret’s assessment was that the former spying efforts (called by different names) was eventually converted into what is now known as “Project Echelon” (as mentioned briefly above and in the former chapter), which is far more extensive and dangerous than anything that happened in worldwide wire taps back in the 1970s. 

 

Project Echelon reportedly involves the interception, entrapment and monitoring of all forms of communications in America and around the world. 

 

Evidently, some or part of the internal focus of Echelon is being run under the purview and the authority of the FBI (in the FBI run “Carnivore” [formerly Omnivore] program, which is a similar or related effort that the FBI runs inside the US), while the worldwide project is managed by the National Security Agency and the National Reconnaissance Office. 

 

The Big Brother government is monitoring all telephone calls (both from those on lines and those from cellular phones), fax communications, e-mail messages, the Internet generally and all forms of electronic communications.  The effort involves super computers which use a key word recognition system similar to the one used domestically in the US, as mentioned previously herein. 

 

Apparently, the effort concentrates on a search for these keywords which are compiled in a NSA dictionary of key words.  The words can cover a multitude of ideas to include politically incorrect words or remarks which the government is just interested in knowing about and monitoring in the controlled population. 

 

Some or all of these monitoring devices record the whole conversations (by the super computers).  If one of the speakers mentions one of the profiled words, the conversation will be highlighted or noted for further review, examination and/or action as necessary by an analyst person (which then evidently can lead to telephone entrapment, discussed earlier herein). 

 

 

Michael Bunker, Revisited 

 

In his 1999 video on “Mark of the Beast... The Final Connection,” Prophecy Club speaker Michael Bunker addressed Project Echelon, among other things.  Per Bunker, this effort actually started in 1952 when President Harry Truman signed an executive order to commence it--supposedly, as a global spying effort on foreigners. 

 

The CIA was established in 1947 by Congressional action.  Apparently, that law or some other subsequent law ostensibly prohibited the federal government from spying upon US citizens by using the CIA or the NSA.  So, how is it possible that Margaret could make the charge that she did on NSA spying on Americans in England. 

 

Michael Bunker clarifies what happened.  At some point in time, the US was able to convince several foreign nations of the benefits of joining in with America in this spying effort.  Bunker named nations like Australia, New Zealand, Britain, Germany and Sweden, as all being participants. 

 

Evidently, the NSA English spy site was converted into a joint operation with British intelligence at some point in time (probably after Margaret left there, since she did not mention British participation).  The joint US-British operation can be carried on under the cover of US law (thus, the federal government can claim and does claim that the NSA does not spy upon US citizens). 

 

In other words, if any question comes up about NSA spying on Americans, the government can simply say that the British spy on Americans while Americans spy on Britons.  Actually, it appears that most of the communication intercepts on Americans are done in the US and are electronically transmitted to England for analyses. 

 

The “Spotlight” paper of Aug 23, 1999, had a story by Christopher J. Petherick on “Snooping Program Extends East and West” (p 3) which confirmed this US practice, as outlined by Michael Bunker. 

 

Per the report, the US has entered into an alliance with her Anglo-Saxon-Celtic cousins in Britain, Canada, Australia and New Zealand in a secret group called UKUSA to conduct international spying on all official and private conversations. 

 

As noted above, several foreign nations have expressed their concern and opposition to this Echelon international spying effort, but they have been unable to do anything about it. 

 

Even the powerful European Union’s government has gotten in on the act to complain.  Michael Bunker suggests that its complaint is not so much over the existence of the program, but that it has been left out of the loop in terms of being able to read the intercepted communications.  And of course, US authorities have historically denied its existence.  With the Sixty Minutes coverage, the US may have to now admit it. 

 

In any case, the EU complaints must have evoked a US reaction because recently the EU and the US are jointly working together on a global surveillance of communications--which can monitor and spy upon everyone and everything around the world (“The Ultimate Privacy Protection Guide,” p. 59). 

 

 

More on the CIA 

 

By the way, before leaving the theme of CIA spying on American people, it would be well to take note of an interesting development in 2002--perhaps as a result of the 9-11 terrorist attacks in New York and Washington in 2001. 

 

The Nov 18, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 13) had a story by Mike Blair on “CIA Vastly Expands its Domestic Spy Operations.”  Blair reported that the CIA is now operating across America in the regional offices of the FBI.  Evidently, the FBI and CIA are now involved in joint spying operations upon American citizens.  Per Blair, the joint work is allowed under Executive Order 12333 (signed years ago by Ronald Reagan). 

 

 

The Internet Aspects 

 

A good illustration was offered by Bunker on what happens on the Internet.  He was able to get a software program which allowed him to have a map or outline of where his messages were routed to on the Internet.  He says that for some strange reason, most of them were sent through Fairfax, Virginia (plus, obviously going to the addressee in the e-mail message). 

 

In an experiment, he used the words “Republic of Texas” in one e-mail message.  It was routed to Fairfax, plus four other places in the Washington, DC area.  Bunker believes that anytime a message uses one of the key words (which will be instantly picked up by the monitoring computer) the message will be routed to England and/or to selected US government offices which monitor that particular word or subject. 

 

Ostensibly, most American communications go directly to England where those with highlighted key words can be turned over to analysts there for study and evaluation.  In this way, the government can lie to the people and deny that Americans are being spied upon by Echelon. 

 

Previous remarks herein have discussed the practice of compiling computer files of biometric data on the entire US population (and many foreigners as well). 

 

One of the interesting capabilities here is the use of voice prints to identify the speech of a given person.  Bunker says that the NSA is compiling a data base of the voices of US citizens which can be used to identify any speaker over any vocal communications line. 

 

The point of this is that if a person thinks he can beat the Big Brother spy system by going to a pay telephone miles away and calling a party, his call will be monitored there as well as at home.  Furthermore, he will be just as easily identified there, as well as at home, with this data base of voice prints. 

 

 

The Hillary System 

 

The “Drudge Report” of Jul 27, 1999, had a story on the plan of the Clintons to use a computer monitoring system (called Hillary) to track banking, telecommunications and other activities and apparently correlate and profile this information on the entire, US, civilian population. 

 

The report said that the effort would be run by the FBI and that it would track “all” transactions in the banking, telecommunications and transportation industries.  At a first glance, this Hillary system seems to be substantially more involved than just Echelon and/or Carnivore and their focus upon communications.  Hillary seems to address all kinds of things--including banking and all facets of transportation. 

 

It is unclear whether the “Hillary” project fits under Echelon/Carnivore or whether Echelon/Carnivore are under Hillary or whether they are one and the same or whether they are all just coordinated and linked together by authorities in Washington.  In any case, Big Brother has at least one or more programs in place to spy on every aspect of the private lives of its citizens in all phases and as much as possible. 

 

It might be that the whole effort is one project with the code name Echelon and/or Carnivore.  While Matt Drudge is respectable and has broken many powerful stories from the Clinton White House, one would have to be suspicious about whether Hillary would stand by and allow her name to be attached to an evil effort, such as this (although the later Bush people might have been willing to use or continue this name). 

 

The better view is that this project was run by and perhaps set up by Hillary Clinton (by her “domestic” policy and control staff in the basement of the White House).  Logically, this spying effort was being directed by this staff (under Hillary’s supervision).  Perhaps the staff people involved have nicknamed the program “Hillary” in reference to her management of it.  Maybe, this is the name that reached Matt Drudge. 

 

 

The Bottom Line on Echelon/Carnivore/Hillary

 

Michael Bunker offered a summary of what all is behind all of these government spying and monitoring programs.  He said that they are designed for surveillance, identification and networking.  Yes, the idea is to spy upon all communications, identify the people involved and network (disseminate) the information to all possible interested federal agencies (and interested private groups). 

 

As a follow-up on the perception of Bunker, the previously mentioned attacks upon the World Trade Center and Pentagon on Sep 11, 2001, open the door to an enormous upsurge in US spying and entrapping operations (besides the imposition of a new national ID card, as cited earlier).  Congress passed a bill in October 2001 to grant the government new powers to wiretap at will and practice tyranny upon Americans. 

 

Moreover, Bush received large sums of new moneys to extend the whole effort at tyranny into any number of new areas of control and regimentation.  For sure, Big Brother will become even more intrusive into people’s lives after 2002.  Almost anything else happening in the coming days will surely pave the way for the imposition of marital law and greatly restricted travel. 

 

 

Piska 4:3 

 

These several reports on Big Brother’s spy efforts using telephones, computers and TV sets to monitor private conversations (discussed above and in prior chapters) bring to mind a piece of wisdom cited in Piska 4.3, by early Jewish sages (“Pesikta De-Rab Kahana,” p. 65). 

 

The advice of the wise men of the East was to take counsel only in an open field to avoid eavesdropping--in a reference to Yakov calling Rachel and Leah out to an open field for a private discussion (Gen 31:4-5). 

 

This is an extremely good piece of advice.  Anytime a person is engaged in a conversation and wishes to say something private and which he doesn’t want others to hear or listen to, then he (or she) should be very cautious and follow this ancient Jewish advice and do as Yakov did. 

 

By all means, take a walk out into an open field or area where there are no other people around and where it seems highly unlikely that Big Brother would have a number of listening and monitoring devices installed.  But even here, be cautious! 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 384--Christian Government Tracking I

 

 

FBI Spying 

 

Besides its investigations and arrests for federal law violations, it should be noted that the FBI, in particular, has turned into a super spy agency--tasked to spy upon and maintain intelligence files (correctly dossiers) upon the entire American population.  As noted in preceding chapters, this work started under the Amalekite Franklin Roosevelt and involved any number of sophisticated listening and viewing devices. 

 

With the compilation of extensive data stored in computer files, Big Brother has been very busy preparing dossiers or files on all American citizens for some time now (this effort received a giant boost forward in 2002 with the development of the Total information Awareness Program, which will be described in detail in a later chapter on the After-Effects of 9/11). 

 

The obvious federal goal is to develop and maintain an individual intelligence file on each American from birth to death, recording all possible data of interest to a Big Brother dictatorial government.  Some of these files are enormous. 

 

For instance, the FBI file on Gerald L. K. Smith (1898-1976), mentioned in a former chapter, was 10,000 pages long (“Gerald L. K. Smith, Minister of Hate,” p. 206, 215).  Smith was a charismatic, well known, popular Christian preacher who was friends with Louisiana’s Kingfish Huey Long and automobile manufacturer Henry Ford. 

 

Gerald was a sincere religious person--who apparently never drank, smoked, cussed or cheated on his wife.  Certainly, he never was known to have committed any crimes or violated any US laws.  However, during WWII, Smith opposed the Amalekite Franklin Roosevelt.  So the evil Roosevelt ordered the FBI to begin investigating him. 

 

The FBI investigation continued on for the rest of Smith’s life, covering his post WWII years of speaking out against the Jews (correctly Amalekites--ed) and even from 1964 on forward when the elderly Smith commenced a number of religious projects in Eureka Springs, Arkansas. 

 

His interest and work included the Passion Play there, various Christian statutes (like the huge, symbolic cross of the “Christ of the Ozarks” sun worship figure) and collections (like Smith’s famous collection of rare Christian Bibles). 

 

Moreover, in 1998, the released files on Frank Sinatra reached 1275 pages and this did not include classified data which was not released.  The feds must have also went after Sinatra with a vengeance, as they likewise did with the idolized, Black preacher, Martin Luther King Jr, mentioned earlier. 

 

The gullible public has been led to believe that all of this FBI spying on citizens is for criminal activities and that the files are criminal files (although under the Total Information Awareness Program, to be described later, all of the pretense has ended since files are now being maintained on everyone--both criminals and law abiding persons). 

 

In any case, the files are not criminal files and never have been.  Other than complaints of adultery and the illegal seduction of a woman in 1938, Sinatra, like Smith, was never charged or convicted of any criminal activity. 

 

 

G. Gordon Liddy 

 

In the summer of 2000, the Clinton Administration formally established its spy program in the US Department of Justice as a multi-agency effort which involves investigating activities of the FBI, AFT, Postal Service, etc.  The G. Gordon Liddy Program of July 6, 2000, discussed it in the vein of compiling dossiers on people and groups which might commit alleged violence (actually, on all politically incorrect persons). 

 

The Liddy news report specifically noted that the Catholic Bishops of America (over abortion), the Christian Coalition (television evangelist Pat Robertson’s effort), the National Rifle Association (NRA) and other groups are being addressed.  Though not mentioned, the Militias and certain right wing Christian groups (like the Christian Identity Churches) have been spied upon by federal agents for some time now. 

 

“Spotlight” of Nov 20, 2000 (p. 2), had a news report on this current US spying operation.  According to “Spotlight,” the FBI is tracking pro-life people and groups--like the Women’s Coalition for Life, the American Life League, Feminists for Life and Americans for Life. 

 

As was discussed by Liddy, the goal is to establish complete federal dossiers on all of these individual people and organized groups (although the dossier practice has reached out to all Americans, as noted above).  Even the US postal inspectors will be involved to compile records of all people who either receive mail from or write letters to any of these targeted people or activities being monitored. 

 

Thus, if a person should write the NRA, Pat Robertson or the Aryan Nations a letter, Big Brother will make a computer record of the letter.  If one of these groups sends out a mailing to a thousand American citizens, the postal authorities will compile a computer record of all names receiving the mailing.  As Liddy is a Catholic, he was concerned with the focus upon the Catholic bishops. 

 

Obviously, the computer files will all mesh together with all other federal computer files at some level (actually, now in Washington, as a part of the Total Information Awareness Program and also likely at the FBI’s investigation center in West Virginia) to form dossiers on all American citizens.  Big Brother wants a record of everything a person does in the US. 

 

 

Why? 

 

But actually, there are far more serious reasons for Big Brother to be spying upon the collective American public than dealing with any alleged criminal problems (which, per the plutocrats, are pretty petty in the overall scheme of things). 

 

The same situation surfaces over the use of spies and entrappers to set up sting and entrapment operations.  Many of the people set up and entrapped were not true criminals at all.  Many of these persons were merely stupid suckers who were set up and entrapped by clever provocateurs for various reasons (like money payoffs from the US government or something else). 

 

While maybe “certain” criminal activities and files may “arguably” be under its purview, the FBI has eagerly branched out into all kinds of spy activities on the general American population--which has led to the maintenance of vast intelligence files (dossiers) on all possible Americans--for obvious political and religious reasons (as outlined previously herein). 

 

The FBI used to claim that it did not investigate private citizens unless there was a violation of a federal law.  However, this charge has been assuredly false in the sense of the spying and maintenance of files on people.  After all, the FBI has been doing this for 70 years, as just outlined above with the recognized files on a host of people. 

 

 

Wide Powers 

 

Too, in the 1990s, Clinton signed an executive order which gave federal agents enormous latitude if there is any alleged endangerment to children. 

 

The feds also used to claim that they don’t wiretap or bug a person without a court order.  But this is another lie because they have been doing this for years.  And if they did need a court order, they merely told some lies and got it (this is what the ATF did in getting an arrest warrant for David Koresh of the Waco Davidians). 

 

Above all else, the feds have historically operated in the same mode that traffic police operate.  They have had and do have such great latitude that they just about operate without any impediments or restrictions.  All traffic cops can come up with a number of so-called reasons to stop an automobile! 

 

While people speak about the need for a probable cause of a violation for traffic cops to pull people over, the real world is that they can always find a multitude of real or alleged (just imagined or made up) reasons to stop drivers (like dirt or dust on a windshield to “hinder” visibility, worn tires causing safety problems or they can simply allege that a driver followed too close, weaved a little or cut a line marking the boundaries of a driving lane). 

 

In any case, the whole subject of FBI investigations, spying and wiretapping is now mute anyway since FBI Director Robert Mueller has publicly acknowledged on May 29, 2002, that the FBI will investigate, spy upon and wire tap whomever it wants to and regardless of whether a crime has been committed or not and irrespective of any court order authorizing a wiretap. 

 

This new process was briefly noted earlier and will be further described in a later chapter on 9-11.  Suffice to say, the FBI in 2003 is investigating and spying upon whomsoever the agency chooses without any limitation or restriction.  Manifestly, this process is not what the Constitution allows.  Clearly, Constitutional freedoms of speech, religion and privacy are now dead issues. 

 

 

More Spying 

 

In addition to the established agencies collecting information on Americans (like drivers’ licenses, social security, law enforcement, employment, etc), thousands of clandestine spies and informers are on the federal payroll, working to collect information on innocent, private, American citizens who have violated no laws or done anything worthy of having their lives recorded in computer files for monitoring by an all powerful central government. 

 

Therefore, the files have criminal records, credit records, automobile driving records, financial records, employment records, political records, religious records, fingerprint records, and on and on.  Most recently, under outcome based education, the plan is to extend these intelligence files to school records; data on attitudes, beliefs, thinking, and opinions of people; etc in order to cover all Americans from infancy to death. 

 

 

Local Police Departments 

 

The situation with files and records being maintained by local police is enormous since most local police departments do it.  The case with New York City is elsewhere cited herein.  The city of San Francisco and her work with the evil Amalekites will be discussed below. 

 

In the meantime, the Dec 21, 2002, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. 13) had an interesting report by Fred Fessenden and Michael Moss on “Police file on activists stirs up anger in Denver.”  The essence of this story was that the Denver Police Department has been gathering information and maintaining files on local activists since the 1950s.  These persons are described in the files as “criminal extremists.” 

 

Among the people subject to police scrutiny, the report identified nuns, advocates for the American Indians, and church organizations.  In other words, anyone who protests against the present system in Denver went into the Denver police files.  The files contain data on 3,400 people and groups in the Denver area. 

 

In the old days, these files were kept by hand on simple index cards.  But in 2002, the city of Denver appropriated $43,000 to computerize the files by a company called Orion Scientific Systems.  This contract and its revelation have concerned some people in the Denver area. 

 

Of course, the various cities that compile these so-called intelligence files compare and exchange data with other government units (especially the federal government) and even with some private spy organizations, as will be covered in comments to follow. 

 

 

Yes, Some So-Called Private Agencies As Well 

 

Frighteningly, there are presently several so-called private organizations that are also quite active in the conduct of spying operations and the maintenance of extensive computer files on American citizens.  These groups each have their own investigating services and spying operations, together with their own computer files.

 

These activities seem to be essentially in the hands of apparent Amalek-Edomites operating the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), Jewish Defense League (JDL), Anti-Defamation League (ADL), Simon Wiesenthal Center and similar hate type operations (as noted earlier and to be further described below and in later chapters). 

 

One must understand that no one can hate like an evil Amalekite.  They are masters of hate!  These Amalekite hate organizations focus their attentions primarily on the right wing, racialist people and particularly those who call themselves “Christian Identity.”  They are notorious about infiltrating, spying upon and entrapping people in the right wing (as discussed elsewhere herein). 

 

In other words, they spy upon and maintain files upon all Americans who criticize the state of Israel, Zionism, Edomites and Jews (although this focus is not necessarily directed at haters of Judaism and the Talmud since virtually the entire Christian population is opposed to the Jewish religion).  The ADL is also increasingly focusing upon people who criticize Blacks, Hispanics, queers and the New World Order. 

 

Not only do these Amalekite directed agencies spy upon Americans, but they coordinate, collaborate and share information with each other and with the FBI and other US government spy agencies and activities (especially, for whatever spy information the feds can’t get themselves, they can get from these Amalekite hate groups). 

 

In this federal coordination with these several Amalekite hate groups, all of the agencies and groups trade information back and forth.  So they all end up with everything that they want on targeted, politically incorrect people.  Surely, one must rest assured that they provide information to the Israeli Mossad and foreign agencies as well. 

 

Actually, the coordination between the American-based Amalekite spy organizations and the Israelis was acknowledged by the ADL in a flyer put out by that agency describing their new “Terrorist Organization Database” (issued in Oct 2002, to advertise the database and its accessibility on the Internet). 

 

The ADL flyer suggests that this new database was prepared by the joint work of the ADL and the Israeli-based International Policy Institute for Counter Terrorism (ICT).  The ICT is a research institute and think tank in Israel which focuses upon alleged international terrorism.  More will be said about this database, shortly below. 

 

 

SPLC Hate and Spying 

 

The “US News & World Report” (p. 56-58) of Sep 6, 1999, had a story by Joseph P. Shapiro on “Hitting before hate strikes” which focused upon the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), run by Morris Dees.  Dees started his work in 1971 to handle desegregation suits in the Old South and has since branched out to attack all kinds of right wing groups and particularly those that criticize and condemn Jews.  

 

Apparently, Dees has been getting a lot of support (financial and otherwise--from the US government and various Amalekites, Amalek-Janissaries and Amalekite Jew hate organizations).  Today, his SPLC managers have fourteen full time researchers, busy compiling data on the right wing, which is fed into their computer files. 

 

The SPLC collects information from news reports, literature from the right wing (which it gets by using anonymous names, disguised addresses and fraudulent methods) and Internet web sites, as well as making pay-offs and bribes to right wingers, who are willing to sell their racial and ideological cousins out for money (and many so-called Christian right wingers will sell their brethren out cheap). 

 

Besides SPLC’s extensive computer files, it has a photo file of 20,000 right wingers (including the nut Buford Furrow, described elsewhere in this study).  The Center has a field staff which compiles automobile license plate data on people attending right wing meetings.  And allegedly, it uses telephone entrapments and listening devices upon victims to obtain other more sensitive information. 

 

But its state of the art tracking, spying and monitoring system is only part of the work of the SPLC.  One of its primary focuses in recent years has been on bringing law suits against right wingers and right wing groups in an effort to get a verdict and a huge judgment in money.  This tactic can and has destroyed a number of right wing efforts. 

 

 

JDL Hate 

 

Beyond the spying, the militant Jewish Defense League (JDL) is a violent hate organization that stirs up trouble for people on the right.  It appears that some of these groups assassinate some of their most bitter enemies on occasion.  The JDL seems to be active in hate work, murder, assassinations and intimidation in the state of Israel, as well as in the US. 

 

 

ADL Hate and Spying 

 

Next, mention must be made of the Jewish Anti-Defamation League (ADL), as cited above and discussed earlier.  The ADL has had a significant role to play in promoting hate, in defending Amalekite gangsters and crooks and in spying upon and causing trouble for the US right wing, as discussed in comments heretofore. 

 

But as noted above, the ADL is only one of several key agencies run by the Amalekites to spy upon, harass and intimidate supposed Amalekite opponents (and allegedly, murder some of them as well).  Apparently, the ADL uses its vast resources to spy on almost everybody and particularly those who speak words of criticism against a Jew while the previously noted FBI spying is not always quite so massive. 

 

The Feb 7, 2000, “Spotlight” had a report on “Were You--or Are You--Being Spied On?” (p. 21) which addressed the spying work of the ADL since 1913.  “Spotlight” says that any person who criticizes Israel or the Jews becomes a target of ADL spying.  It checks news reports and extracts information on any and all supposed enemies for its computer files. 

 

The ADL gets serious in its intrusive operations when it rifles garbage cans, taps telephones, burglarizes homes and generally monitors and checks upon anyone who comes under its scrutiny for alleged anti-Semitism (which means any remark or action that does not fully support Jews and/or the state of Israel). 

 

 

The Terrorist Organization Database, Revisited 

 

As briefly allowed in the above comments, the ADL has joined up with an Israeli group, the ICT, to maintain an Internet “Terrorist Organization Database.”  The Oct 2002 ADL flyer, which announced this base, focused upon a couple of the Muslim groups active in Israel.  Although not mentioned, this joint effort has or will also focus upon right wing Christian groups in the US--Christian Identity, the Ku Klux Klan, the Militias, etc. 

 

The very presence of this joint Israeli and ADL effort signifies that the ADL is now involved in monitoring and spying upon Muslims in America--along with the Christian right wing. 

 

While these Muslim groups contain bad people, and shouldn’t even be in America or in the state of Israel (if US and Israeli leaders were doing their jobs properly), this Amalekite led action is paving the way for an increasing alliance between persons of the Christian right wing and the Muslims (as discussed elsewhere herein). 

 

In other words, if there is any joint work between the Muslims and the Christian right (as in the case of the Oklahoma City bombing, which shows strong evidence of the involvement of both Muslims and some portion of the Christian right in a conspiracy), it only goes to suggest that the Amalekite bankers/masters ruling the US have been largely responsible for the coming together of these two very diverse parties. 

 

Thus, when the Amalekite bankers/masters in the US (to be defined and discussed in later chapters) start hollering and complaining about the Christian right and the Muslims jointly working together, people with brains above the idiot level should be able to put two and two together and understand that the US Amalekite bankers/masters have been the very people largely responsible for the combination. 

 

 

A Road Block 

 

Importantly, the ADL historically has run into some serious trouble because of its practice of spying upon people and then disseminating the information obtained to other Amalekite spy and entrapment operations, plus all forms of police and law enforcement agencies (from the local level, all the way up to Washington). 

 

This problem for the ADL surfaced in San Francisco in 1993 when nineteen of the ADL victims learned that the Anti-Defamation League had prepared dossiers on them and had disseminated their private information to other agencies and activities (evidently to various government offices and other Amalekite hate organizations). 

 

Much of the ADL information came illegally from a dirty cop named Tom Gerard of the San Francisco Police Department (Apr 29, 2002, “American Free Press,” p. 3).  Gerard sold or gave information on 10,000 people from police files to an ADL spy named Roy Bullock.  Bullock and his Amalekite colleagues at the ADL created dossiers on the people involved and disseminated the information to others. 

 

Somehow, the ADL victims found out about the ADL dissemination program and proceeded to file a lawsuit.  It was too bad for the ADL hate group, but the information disseminated included social security numbers and private information which was at least sensitive to the victims. 

 

These nineteen victims filed a lawsuit against the ADL in 1993, claiming that the ADL had improperly disseminated this private information to other people illegally.  The suit drug on (as lawsuits do drag on and on to be sure that all of the attorneys make a lot of money). 

 

In time, two of the victims had died and the ADL proceeded to settle the case out of court by making payoffs to the survivors.  The last payments of $178,000 were paid to three of the victims in February 2002 (Mar 1, 2002, “Forward,” p. 2). 

 

While the distasteful fallout of this spying and spreading information around did backfire for the ADL, the Amalekites are not about to stop their spying and disseminating program.  It will continue.  But one of the good features of this case is that the ADL hate organization will be more careful about who it shares confidential information with in the future. 

 

 

So 

 

Surely, other Amalekite hate groups will also be extra careful about letting information out to outsiders--like the above from San Francisco. 

 

Therefore, maybe the ADL will exercise care when they start spreading information around to unreliable people.  They might continue sharing data with the FBI and other Big Brother powers in Washington (and certainly, with the Israelis).  But local police may get cut off from some of this ADL spy data in the future. 

 

The amazing thing about these Amalekite linked hate groups is that the US taxpayers are surely subsidizing most of them with government funds.  The Project Megiddo report (apparently prepared by the ADL and SPLC, as discussed earlier) must have cost the US government a barrel of money.  There are also other ways of providing government grants, funds and so forth to subsidize these Amalekite hate groups. 

 

 

Remarks From the Internet 

 

On the Stormfront web site on the Internet, William Pierce of the National Alliance said:  “There is underway in America a vast, well-oiled, heavily financed campaign to limit sharply the rights of Americans under...their Constitution... The principal instrument in this campaign is a secret-police agency more sinister, more cunning, and infinitely more malevolent than the...KGB... It’s initials are ADL...

 

“Today virtually all the controlled news media routinely print anything given to them by the ADL, as if it had come over the Associated Press wire, and they routinely go to the ADL for commentary whenever any news story is being prepared on a person known to oppose Jewish policies.  Likewise, the ADL has become the standard source to which government investigative agencies turn whenever their target is such a person. 

 

“In the latter case, the flow of information goes in both directions:  not only does the ADL have the opportunity to peek into the government’s confidential investigative files, but its agents are even invited to accompany the FBI when raids or arrests are being made on a target of interest to it.” 

 

In more remarks from the net, Kevin Alfred Strom called the ADL an “un-American and anti-American espionage agency for a foreign government.”  He said that they “have been working for decades to disarm law-abiding Americans, to control our information, and enslave us under a totalitarian world government which many have come to call the New World Order. 

 

“They do this through overt and covert propaganda, the creation of humanitarian-sounding front groups secretly controlled by the ADL, by the conducting of brainwashing sessions called sensitivity training for members of our police forces, by the production and introduction into the public schools of ADL propaganda as textbooks or resource material for teachers, and by their cozy relationship with the controlled media, which routinely print and broadcast ADL propaganda as so-called news.” 

 

Moreover, Paul Hall on the “Jubilee” newspaper web site indicates that the ADL “nefariously collects information on those it sees as opposed to their ideals of right, namely Communism...” 

 

William Cooper on the Harvest Trust site adds that “The ADL is an organization that manipulates our Jewish citizens and the general population of America by applying the term anti-Semitic to any and all opposition in order to fulfill the secret agenda of Karl Marx’s dream of a socialist world...” 

 

Finally, from the net, Vincent Breeding said the ADL was a dangerous enemy of a criminal gang which hides “behind slogans of tolerance and democracy to hide their criminal agenda.” 

 

 

McVeigh and the ADL-FBI Operations

 

The “Spotlight” paper of Oct 11, 1999, had a story by Michael Collins Piper on “Private Spy Agency Was Monitoring McVeigh Over a Year Before Oklahoma City Tragedy” (p. 12-13) which reported that both the ADL and the FBI were busy spying upon Timothy McVeigh, long before the OC bombing.  Both even had undercover operators in contact with McVeigh on occasion. 

 

Surely, the question must be asked why for this invasion of privacy.  McVeigh was a young man guilty of nothing, but having served four years in the army.  He had violated no laws and even had a fairly low profile, in the sense of involvement in the right wing patriot movement.  Perhaps, his mistake was that he once ran an ad in the “Spotlight” paper (along with other newspapers as well). 

 

Apparently, this reality suggests that if a person runs an innocuous ad in the “Spotlight,” the ADL and any number of other private and federal spy agencies will begin profiling him, creating a dossier and entering into his confidence.  Perhaps, it was the ADL or the FBI (or more likely, the Israeli Mossad)--which set up a sting operation with the OC bombing to further its purposes. 

 

Or alternatively, perhaps this ADL spying was predicated on some type of a pre-arranged condition because McVeigh was programmed in the army by mind control methods to perform a certain task after discharge (as will be assessed in later comments).  For sure, the ADL and the FBI had an unwarranted and strange interest in McVeigh, long before he committed any alleged crimes. 

 

 

The Amalekite Herod, Revisited 

 

While this massive spying, intimidation, oppression and entrapment by modern Amalekites (like the ADL, JDL, SPLC, etc) are well known and now taken for granted, the reader might be surprised to learn that these Amalekite practices of evil against their Israelite enemies go back a long way.  Interestingly, there is a fascinating record of this very Amalekite depravity from 2,000 years ago. 

 

In “Sketches of Jewish Social Life” (p. 50), Alfred Edersheim quoted Josephus about the work of the Amalekite ruler Herod, who employed spies in the first century BCE to go among the people and observe their conversations in the unrestrained confidence of friendly social intercourse.  This secret police force would ferret out the opinions of the people even while over their cups. 

 

The crafty and evil Herod would actually disguise himself and lurk about in the streets at night to overhear conversations and entrap unwary citizens.  At one time, Herod imposed martial law which prohibited the people from meeting, walking or eating together (presumably preventing public meetings or banquets).

 

 

More Hate 

 

Previous remarks have discussed the situation with the efforts of hate groups like the ADL and the SPLC to prepare a report on the right wing, Christian Identity people--accusing them of planned terrorism and turning it over to FBI officials for them to publish it under the FBI name and authority (like the Project Megiddo report). 

 

Apparently, the goal of this joint hate effort involving the FBI, ADL and SPLC has been to instigate or cause some act of terrorism which could be blamed upon the Christian right.  Such an event would give federal authorities new powers to crack down on so-called cults like the Militias and Christian Identity groups.  This course of action is always possible in the coming days. 

 

Of course, this corroboration between the FBI and these Amalekite run, left wing, hate groups is nothing new.  The “Spotlight” of November 15, 1999 (p. 1, 3), had another story by Michael Collins Piper on “Private Espionage Group Feeds FBI Apocalypse Report” which added more details on the collusion. 

 

The backdrop on this November 15th story was that the FBI and some of these same hate groups even collaborated and worked together in spying upon the “beloved Black god,” Martin Luther King Jr (which, by today’s standards, is a criminal act in itself). 

 

Piper concluded his November story by suggesting that the growing emphasis upon combating terrorism may point to a new wave of FBI-ADL orchestrated acts of violence designed to create public demands for a crackdown on freedom of speech and assembly. 

 

Incidentally, one of the most Amalekite hated groups of all has been Liberty Lobby (and “Spotlight”).  Accordingly, the Jul 2, 2001, “Spotlight” had a story which indicated that information has surfaced indicating that two men with ties to Liberty Lobby (Mark Weber and Greg Raven) have allegedly been trying or successfully have sold the Liberty Lobby and “Spotlight” mailing lists to the ADL and SPLC.  

 

 

ChoicePoint 

 

Beyond the tremendous work of the various Amalekite hate groups to spy upon and maintain files upon various Americans, there is still one more most extraordinary group which needs mention in the context of private efforts. 

 

This one was highlighted in the Jun 2001 “Internet Vortex” (p. 11), in a news story on “Feds Buying Citizens’ Personal Data.”  The essence of this report was that if the federal government has any problem in spying upon and compiling data on some US citizen or group of citizens, there are always private companies available who do this very thing.  The government can buy whatever it wants from them. 

 

Per Vortex, the government’s main supplier of personal information about private American citizens is a company called ChoicePoint, based in Alpheretta, Georgia. 

 

This firm maintains data on people’s credit histories, birth dates, social security numbers, known aliases, present and former addresses, phone numbers, motor vehicle registration data, liens, deed transfers, voter registration, bankruptcies, speeding and other traffic tickets, data on spouses, etc. 

 

ChoicePoint is maintaining data on over 180 million Americans whose lives have been touched by some of the largest credit reporting bureaus.  With a single social security number, ChoicePoint can extract this mass of information from its data files. 

 

“Internet Vortex” said that the government buys information from this company and others as well (and especially, if there is any privacy concerns within government operations).  Of course, companies like this one make their files available to anyone and everyone--for a fee (government, ADL, or whoever).  Thus, there is no secrecy or privacy anymore in America. 

 

 

All of the Computer Files Mesh 

 

Once in the various computer systems, all of the collected information from all sources can be brought together to produce a historical profile of a given subject.  Obviously, Big Brother is just not interested in crimes and criminal activities; but the plan is to produce and maintain a file on “all” American citizens, irrespective of what they do or have done. 

 

Incidentally, a prior chapter mentioned the situation with what all can happen when a dishonest crook, like Slick Clinton, is in the White House and has access to these FBI files.  Manifestly, a totalitarian government or administration will use anything and everything to keep people in line. 

 

As illustrated in the former discussion, the Slick Clinton White House obtained over 900 FBI files on Clinton’s opponents early on in his administration.  Manifestly, Slick used these files to coerce and blackmail opponents in an effort to shut them up.  A prior chapter mentioned Clinton press leaks on such prominent Republicans as Dick Armey, Bob Livingston, Dan Burton, Bob Barr, Helen Chenowith and Henry Hyde. 

 

While the above Republican leaders had the courage to stand up to Slick’s threats and blackmail, others obviously chose to bite their lips and not stand up to him for fear that he would release information on them from the files to his liberal colleagues in the nation’s controlled press. 

 

Of course, it goes without saying that many of these federal spies do set up and entrap politically incorrect people for prosecution purposes where possible.  The maintenance of dossiers and files allows Big Brother to gather information and data on politically incorrect people that can be used in the court cases during prosecution for crimes which they can later be accused of. 

 

Most of these political people have no criminal records beyond minor traffic tickets.   Consequently, one can ask why are files being maintained on them and others as well?  The US Constitution authorizes and allows freedom of religion and freedom of speech.  What possible authority could the FBI have which would allow it to be gathering information on people’s religion or what they say or have said? 

 

Yet, files were and are being maintained on those 900 plus Clinton enemies, as well as the rest of the American population.  These files are routinely available to the president of the United States to monitor and check.  As noted previously, most presidents since FDR have used the FBI to spy on private citizens (like the sexual activities of Martin Luther King Jr.). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 385--Christian Government Tracking II

 

 

Informers and Spies Among the Brethren 

 

While Big Brother has developed quite a reputation for paying off informers and spies to report on various right wing churches and groups, the formerly outlined Seventh-day Adventists’ involvement with the feds and the Davidians (as outlined previously) has to be absolutely unique in terms of spying and informing on others. 

 

After all, most Christians historically would be a little reluctant to clandestinely report on their Christian brethren and especially in the days of the Protestant Reformation when the lives of religious people were on the line vis-à-vis oppressive government authorities. 

 

Beyond the tip-off and clandestine reporting by the SDA people on their Ellen G. White brethren, it should be noted that Big Brother rushed a team of undercover agents into the Davidians’ organization to spy and report upon its activities from the inside.  Ignorant Koresh and his top lieutenants had no clue that some of the so-called brethren in their group actually worked for the ATF. 

 

Incidentally, the placement of federal agent provocateurs inside various religious groups did not start with the Davidian sect at Waco.  Big Brother has infiltrated secret agents and paid spies into a host of organizations. 

 

The whole Ku Klux Klan operation is now a federal operation and many of the Christian Identity Churches are almost in the same category--like the Aryan Nations Christian Church, where agents and paid provocateurs are so thick that they end up spying on each other. 

 

This whole situation brings to mind several Scriptures which foretold of a coming time when “brothers” would inform on their brothers in order to have them persecuted by the state.  The US government typically uses money, bribes and payoffs to get such informers.  There are regular reports of payoffs being made to family members and friends to spy upon and report on their own friends and relatives. 

 

Unabomber Ted Kaczynski’s brother David turned him in to the FBI to collect a $1 million reward.  Jay Merrill and his two colleagues, mentioned before, were turned over to the FBI by a brother of one of the accused in order to collect a reward. 

 

 

The Kehoe Brothers 

 

And one of the most notorious acts of a brother informing on a brother involved the two Kehoe brothers, Chevie and Cheyne, who were involved in a nationally publicized shoot out with Ohio police in 1997, when the police stopped their car in a traffic matter. 

 

The two boys got away at that time, but split up with Chevie going to Utah and Cheyne returning to Colville, WA where the boys had lived.  But an interesting thing was to happen to Cheyne--perhaps because of some posted reward money or perhaps for him to have a bargaining chip to try to reduce any prison term that he may have been faced with.  Brother Cheyne decided to take an unusual step. 

 

Despite the fact that the two men were brothers who had grown up together, ran together and were supposedly very close together over the years, brother Cheyne decided he would turn against brother Chevie and be a squealer in order to personally benefit in some manner. 

 

Cheyne turned himself into local authorities and revealed to them the hiding place of his brother in Utah.  With this tip from Cheyne, the authorities were able to move in and apprehend Chevie.  Since the two boys were from Washington state, their lives received a lot of local publicity in the Spokane area, where this writer lived during the next few years or so, after they were taken into custody. 

 

Though Chevie was likely a murderer, crook and nut, it was somewhat sad to see his brother going after him with gross allegations.  Over a period of months, it seems that the media had regular stories about how Cheyne was accusing Chevie of new things.  The accusations ranged from setting off a bomb at the local Spokane City Hall to murder in Arkansas (which Chevie was convicted of). 

 

Cheyne received a lot of national notoriety over his many accusations against his brother; all the while that his accused brother, in jail, would only say that “I forgive him.”  Surely, Cheyne must have gotten some reward money and promises of no jail time for selling his brother out so many times to authorities. 

 

As generally happens, the Big Brother government usually keeps secret the details of its payoffs to informers.  So it’s a little hard to be sure of what his reward was for informing on his brother.  It goes without saying, he got something. 

 

Incidentally, in mentioning these Kehoe brothers, this writer is not attempting to defend their criminal activities.  It appears that both of them and their father are all a bunch of nuts; or as a minimum, extremely stupid and evil.  However, the point must be taken that the feds can use money or something else to make even a closely knitted family (like the Kehoe brothers) turn against each other. 

 

 

Another Big Brother Option 

 

If these payoffs don’t work, the government always has the option of threatened prosecutions (for anything or something) if people don’t inform on their friends and brethren.  This was the situation which precipitated the trouble for Randy Weaver of Ruby Ridge (discussed previously). 

 

The ATF people threatened him with prosecution if he didn’t become a spy and informer for them to use against his neighbors.  He refused.  It might be that these threats of prosecution motivated the just mentioned Cheyne Kehoe to accuse his brother on so many matters. 

 

In many instances, the Big Brother government agents will arrest, intimidate, coerce and threaten little children to induce them to inform on and testify against their parents who might be under suspicion for any number of “federal” crimes.  They did this very thing with the small child of Terry Nichols of the Oklahoma City bombing situation (mentioned earlier). 

 

Sometimes, Big Brother takes close relatives of a suspect and keeps them awake (not allowing any rest or sleep for hours and indeed days on end) under intense questioning and threatening, until they finally break down and say “something” of damage to the relative.  Big Brother used this tactic with the sister of Oklahoma City bombing suspect Timothy McVeigh. 

 

Of course, this scared, frightened, young woman had nothing to do with the OC bombing.  So Big Brother’s agents arrested her and threatened her with jail for being an accessory.  They questioned her for hours upon hours, until she finally broke down and confessed a few petty remarks about things her brother had said to her in personal, private letters. 

 

In particular, YESHUA described this condition of brothers informing on brothers, quite explicitly on more than one occasion (Matt 10:16-23; 24:9-12; Mk 13:9-13; Lu 12:51-53; 21:12-17).  Furthermore, Shaul noted that in the age end, men would be lovers of themselves (humanists) and traitors (II Tim 3:1-5). 

 

 

Using School Children 

 

A news report on Jan 11, 2000, noted that the government is concerned with computer hackers and viruses which can do havoc on computers.   To address the threat, the Clinton Administration came up with some new proposals.  One of the things which Clinton wanted was money from Congress to establish a new spy program. 

 

The government wanted money to hire children in schools and colleges to become secret, underground, federal agents to spy upon their colleagues and fellow students who may be preparing, introducing and/or using viruses and computer bugs to disrupt the Internet and other computer operations. 

 

While the focus here is supposedly on computer hackers in schools and colleges, the potential of this program can be enormous.  Big Brother can hire and put huge numbers of children on the payroll to spy upon not only fellow students; but also, teachers, school administrators, parents and everybody else in society.  This program is so gross that it must appeal to the ruling plutocrats and New World Order crowd. 

 

The Clinton plan seems to have been a part of Clinton’s “AmeriCorps” program which has been picked upon and revamped by the Bush administration. 

 

Slick Clinton started this program years ago and called it the “AmeriCorps Volunteer Program.”  The essence of this stupid and evil operation was that the federal government would make pay-offs to American people who did good deeds for others.  Thus, if a neighborhood kid did something for a neighbor, the kid would be paid by the federal government. 

 

 

Freedom Corps  

 

Apparently, George W. Bush picked upon the Clinton scheme, but renamed the effort the “USA Freedom Corps” (also known as the “Citizens Corps”).  There won’t be much freedom involved when neighborhood children get on Big Brother’s payroll to become spies and informers, but that appears to be the future. 

 

The Feb 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 2-3) noted that efforts are underway to make the program mandatory and expand it five-fold.  Some 250,000 volunteers (and/or draftees, whichever method is needed to meet manpower goals) are to be put on the payroll.  It will be used as a part of the Homeland Security program. 

 

The May 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 3) said that AmeriCorps people will be used to go door to door in poor neighborhoods to sign up residents for food stamps and presumably other welfare program benefits.  During Clinton’s tour in the White House, the AmeriCorps was also used to herd out people to create cheering crowds to greet Air Force One upon Clinton’s arrival across America. 

 

 

TIPS 

 

By July 2002, the Bush administration had gone far beyond the AmeriCorps or Citizen’s Corps spying programs into even bolder thinking with an announcement of a new US program called the “Terrorism Information and Prevention System” or TIPS. 

 

The purpose of TIPS is to supply training material, a 24 hot-line to the FBI and presumably some money payoffs to people in the general population to spy upon their neighbors and friends.  The Jul 29, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 11) had a story by Mike Finch on “Ashcroft Wants You in ‘Citizen Spy Army’” which assessed this new effort. 

 

The FBI will run the new program in coordination with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).  The idea is to turn local people who visit businesses or the homes of private citizens into a giant spying army.  People like the local cable TV, gas, electric, etc personnel, who go to homes and businesses as a part of their daily jobs (on repair or service calls), will be incorporated into the program to become spies. 

 

Postal carriers were not announced as a part of this program since the US Postal Corporation has already launched a spy program on “suspicious mailers” (as cited earlier herein with the US Postal Service Eagle Eye Program)  This program already encompasses postal employees, carriers, etc. 

 

In other words, if a person calls one of these local service companies or a repairman (plumber, electrician, etc) to come into his home or during the periodic visits of meter readers and so forth, the visiting service or repair man is expected to spy upon his customer and report anything “suspicious” to the FBI on its 24 hour hot-line.  With the tip, the FBI can launch an investigation of the subject person. 

 

This new Bush innovation will exceed anything which Nazi Germany or Communist Russia ever conceived of.  The new US program will be gigantic as it will reach out to the entire civilian population.  The US is expected to soon have millions of spies involved in spying on everyone in the American population. 

 

 

Spying in the Workplace 

 

NPR had a news commentary on Jan 3, 2001, which focused upon the practices of employers to expand efforts at making employee evaluations and reviews--not only in the context of job performances, but employee attitudes, comments and supposed feelings about a host of things. 

 

The essence of this growing phenomenon and invasion of privacy probably has its basis in the US military where for many long years “officer efficiency reports” (OERs) were made by supervising officers on their subordinate officers.  It has been routine for ages for each officer to be evaluated annually--in the context of performance for promotion and retention. 

 

The way this process worked was that an officer’s immediate supervisor prepared the OER and the next officer in the chain of supervision also prepared one.  Finally, the next officer up in the chain made a review of the two determinations.  The argument can be made that this process was a good one. 

 

But then things expanded in the last 30 years or so because the military decided that many enlisted personnel would be subjected to the same scrutiny.  Hence, it gradually grew until almost the whole US military forces had annual evaluations going on. 

 

 

Bosses Love It 

 

Naturally, other governmental levels and private businesses (particularly large corporations) looked upon this operation as being a good one.  So they too began the practice of requiring some type of an employee evaluation report.  Since almost all working Americans now work for a large corporation or a government unit, it meant that most working Americans were being periodically reviewed and studied. 

 

Soon, colleges and some schools got in on the practice.  But they added a twist by also allowing or requiring students to evaluate their professors and teachers.  Again, some of this made sense--at least, from the standpoint of determining efficiency.  But there is still more evolution going on in this operation, as outlined in the just cited NPR report. 

 

The latest trend is an expansion of the employee’s report to not only supervisors, but also to subordinates, contemporaries and others whom the employee comes into contact with in the workplace.  And while the case can be made that these reviews and evaluations are being made on job performance, a new twist has now entered the arena. 

 

As NPR noted, the focus is not just upon job performance.  There are also questions about loyalties to the organization, words spoken and employee attitudes about a host of things.  Of course, at the government level, these reviews have or will address politically correct themes (social gods)--like how an employee feels about feminism, homosexuals and racial integration and amalgamation. 

 

Obviously, government can soon mandate the same questions to private employers (which are mainly large, multi-national corporations).  Once everybody is in on the process of using all kinds of people to spy upon, review and report upon their friends, colleagues and associates at all levels of the society, then a central government can find a way of being provided this information from the entire society. 

 

With this information coming in from all kinds of people, it will be easy to computerize this data and develop a psychological profile on all people.  As just noted and as will be broached in later chapters, the modern society has developed certain approved and accepted social gods in the vein of politically correct thinking and attitudes (to include feminism, homosexuality and racial amalgamation). 

 

Each person’s acceptance of these gods can be measured, evaluated and reported upon at all levels.  What it means is that people are going to be forced into having to keep their mouths shut at all times, regarding their real beliefs about any subject which has reached the god level, as determined and mandated by the state. 

 

 

Entrapments 

 

In conjunction with the use of informers and spies, it is also important to note that these spies and informers are often used by the feds to become entrappers--as they did with Randy Weaver and as cited by Ben Partin (in connection with the 1993 World Trade Center and Oklahoma City bombings). 

 

The feds thoroughly enjoy setting up sting operations, in hopes of finding politically incorrect people to prosecute for something.  The only problem with these fed instituted sting operations is that if something goes wrong, the feds hide and cover-up their involvement in the operation and blame other people (who often are dupes who were simply entrapped into the sting operation). 

 

For example, the FBI used an entrapper to set up some Muslims in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing.  The entrapper asked his FBI handler if real explosives should be used.  He was instructed to use the real stuff.  After the bombing, the participants were arrested--including the FBI entrapper.  The US was proceeding to prosecute the entrapper along with the others. 

 

However, the entrapper wisely had made a tape recording of the instructions from the FBI on using real explosives.  When he produced this revealing tape, the charges against him were dropped. 

 

The point is that any spy or entrapper working for the feds had better cover his tracks because he may later be prosecuted for some of the illegal acts he instigated on behalf of federal agents (this is what happened with drug runner Barry Seal, who was a secret undercover agent for the feds.  Seal got caught, was prosecuted, went to jail, and later, upon release from jail, was assassinated by the drug cartel). 

 

 

More on Federal Set-Ups

 

Thus, these sting operations can and do go amiss, as evidently happened in New York and Oklahoma City.  But often, they accomplish the desired end--which is the arrest and trial of anti-government persons and the passage of new laws to restrict personal freedom.  And even if the sting operation does goes sour, be assured that the federal government will hide that fact and the public will never learn of it. 

 

These undercover federal agents become close friends and confidants of some of the foolish right wing people.  With this trust and friendship established, they soon turn to putting a government sting or entrapment operation into effect. 

 

Over and over, they will approach some innocent person, who probably never even thought of or entertained the notion of committing a crime.  The entrapper will suggest that some law be violated and will edge, push and prompt his subject on and on with the idea of violating the law; until eventually, the subject gives in and agrees to some petty action that will supposedly involve a violation of federal law. 

 

It is very easy to get entrapped into something like this and particularly in terms of conspiracy--which can arise when people just talk about something illegal, with never any subsequent illegal acts. 

 

Back in the days of the battle over civil rights in the South, FBI informers and entrappers would join in with the Ku Klux Klan and other right wing people to “supposedly” oppose racial integration.  These FBI spies would suggest, encourage, promote, join in and take the lead in overt actions against Black people. 

 

The role of the politically incorrect right wingers would often be no more than being dumb sheep manipulated and sucked into following the clever and shrewd tactics of a deceitful and dishonest FBI agent or provocateur, who was out front pushing and leading the suckers down the primrose lane of federal law violations and prosecution. 

 

Once the act took place, the undercover FBI spy would never be guilty of anything--even though he planned and set up the whole criminal operation.  He would, of course, become the principle witness against the otherwise innocent right wingers when they were subsequently prosecuted and tried. 

 

Historically, these FBI entrappers were often paid extra money and monetary rewards based upon their successes in producing court convictions.  In other words, these corrupt, depraved and sorry entrappers stood to receive financial benefits in setting up these sting operations and testifying against the entrapped suckers. 

 

 

1963

 

On September 15, 1963, there was a bombing of a Black Church in Birmingham, Alabama (the 16th Street Baptist Church) which was being used in conspiratorial meetings by Blacks and White civil rights agitators to stir up trouble in Alabama between Whites and Blacks and ultimately to increase the Black voter rolls.  Four Negro girls were killed in the bombing. 

 

The White prosecutors were able to get a grand jury indictment against several members of a local Ku Klux Klan unit, but no convictions. 

 

Like the Byron De La Beckwith case (as mentioned in a previous chapter and to be further described in a later chapter), politicians in hopes of getting Black votes dug this old Birmingham case up in 2001 and proceeded to prosecute the several surviving members of the Klan unit (with a packed, Black-oriented, liberal jury). 

 

All were found guilty.  Some, like Bobby Cherry (a 71-year-old man with major health problems), consistently maintained their innocence.  Cherry was repeatedly offered a plea bargain arrangement.  He refused the offers and maintained his innocence. 

 

The Jun 10, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 4-5) had a story by Pat Shannan on “Birmingham Court Ignores Facts, Secret Deals, Proof of Conspiracy” which laid out some amazing involvement of the federal government. 

 

The original grand jury indictment was obtained on the basis of testimony of an FBI agent which allegedly came from an under-cover informer (named Mary Frances Cunningham) who was being paid US money to spy upon and speak against the local Klan unit.  In the later trial of Cherry, she denied making the statement to the FBI.  Nevertheless, Cherry and the others were found guilty. 

 

The former Deputy US Marshall in Birmingham (Dan Moore, the former number two man in charge) said that he was tipped off at 6 AM on a Sunday morning (just before the blast at 10 AM) by his superior that the feds were expecting something that day (evidently based upon a tip from a federal undercover operator).  Guards were posted at the federal building that Sunday morning just before the 10 AM bombing. 

 

Thereafter, Moore turned whistle-blower and was fired from his job.  He formed an opinion that the bombing was instigated by federal agents and informants who were attempting to gain sympathy for the impending civil rights legislation (being pushed by the Kennedy brothers).  Cherry’s defense attorney was told about the Moore case, but refused to call him as a defense witness. 

 

So, what happened?  Maybe no one knows for sure.  But the facts are that the federal government had infiltrated spies, informers and entrappers into the Klan unit involved and apparently used these people either to do the bombing, set up the bombing by the Klan members; or conceivably, even instigate a sting operation with any or all of them. 

 

Other than being dupes, blindly following the leadership of the federal entrappers and agents, the truth is probably that the Klan had little or nothing to do with the bombing.  Even here, there has to always be a question of exactly which people were involved.  For example, Cherry consistently maintained his innocence. So maybe, he was not involved. 

 

 

Be Alert 

 

Years ago, a joke floating around was that anytime two or three or more right wingers got together, one of them was almost for sure a federal agent trying to entrap the other(s). 

 

For ages, there used to be a popular joke told in the old Soviet Union.  The story goes that a man looks in a mirror and sees his reflection.  He says to the reflection that there are two of us in this room and I don’t know which of us is the informer (Jan 14, 2002, “Jerusalem Report,” p. 23). 

 

It must be acknowledged that federal agents and spies are today liberally present throughout the entire, modern, American, sun worship society.  So one must always exercise some care and discretion in contact with others. 

 

The politically incorrect groups need to pull their heads out of the sand.  Anytime, some person starts trying to suggest, encourage and promote an act that violates a federal law, there is a good possibility that the promoter is an undercover federal agent--even when he seems to be the primary leader and person involved in perpetuating the crime. 

 

If an innocent party goes along with an entrapper, it will be the innocent party who is prosecuted--not the perpetrator or entrapper who set it up.  Above all else, people need to be aware that federal conspiracy violations can take place just based on talk and discussions and never involving any overt acts, as addressed elsewhere herein. 

 

 

Created Terrorism? 

 

With the entrapment successes against the US right wing, it is clear that the US is now involved in illegal and deceptive operations to set other innocent people up so that certain other desired purposes can be achieved.  This fact was brought out in the Feb 17, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 14) in a story by Kurt Nimmo on “The FBI-CIA Entrapment Ring:  Creating Terrorism.” 

 

Nimmo suggests that US intelligence and law enforcement people are used to set up citizens and stage crimes in order to keep the public in a constant state of fear and to keep the public from questioning the police state being erected. 

 

One of the things, that has been happening with regularity since 9-11 of 2001, has been the threats of terrorist attacks.  Constantly, the public is being put on alert about a pending attack (which, through late 2003, never happened).  In this vein, Nimmo asks if the FBI may need to “stimulate threats in lieu of the real McCoy?” 

 

This story went on to cite the secret CHAOS project in the CIA’s Domestic Operations Division (as cited in a prior chapter herein).  This effort is involved in directing, supporting, and coordinating clandestine operations within the US.  Also, news reports in early Feb 2003 said that the CIA had set up a new terrorism monitoring center involving personnel from the FBI, Defense, Homeland Security, and other agencies. 

 

Contrary to its charter and authority, the CIA is now heavily involved in internal US operations (and this condition is especially chilling in view of the fact that the CIA is exempt from all US civil and criminal court actions since the agency is totally above the law).  Will these now centralized clandestine operators soon implement some terrorist attacks which can be linked to the Muslims? 

 

 

The Iraq Thing 

 

The AFP article noted the REX 84 work of Oliver North and others on suspending the US Constitution and imposing martial law.  Nimmo asks if Bush will “unleash his own version of REX 84 as the impending attack against Iraq explodes?  War is always a good excuse to go after political enemies, particularly when those enemies are growing in strength.”  

 

The UN Security Council met on Feb 14, 2003.  Of the 19 members, only four showed support for the US war plans.  The other 15 made it clear that they were not interested in the US plans.  The thought came to this writer that Bush and his team would likely need further terrorist incidents to justify his continuing aggression against the Muslims (some of these came in Saudi Arabia and Morocco in the spring of 2003). 

 

Clearly, the FBI-CIA work could set up such staged terrorist events.  But otherwise, the Israeli Mossad may be the key ingredient needed to initiate them (in conjunction with the FBI-CIA).  The Mossad has heavily infiltrated virtually all of the Muslim/Arab terrorist groups (and reportedly, the Mossad has even organized and funded some of them--like Hamas, as will be later established). 

 

The evidence is massive that the Mossad was primarily responsible for 9-11 and other scripted terrorist acts.  Of course, some Muslims and goyim like Tim McVeigh could be involved.  But if so, they have been set up, motivated, influenced and led by the Mossad.  This option will be assessed in later chapters. 

 

 

In Jail 

 

Another very dangerous threat for people incarcerated is that Big Brother has a practice of moving federal spies and informers into jail cells containing politically incorrect people.  Often, these spies are individuals who are in trouble with the law.  Big Brother offers to cut a deal with them to drop charges or alter justice if they will just agree to spy on a cellmate in jail. 

 

Once in the cell with a person, there is a tendency to drop all caution and say something to a cellmate--which can later be used against the talker.  Of course, these cellmates work hard at being friends and good listeners in order to gain the confidence and trust of incarcerated people. 

 

If an incarcerated person doesn’t say the words the feds seek, some of these informers will even lie and cook up false statements which they think will help their cause. 

 

Moreover, it is also true that Big Brother often installs listening devices in the jail to monitor what is said--to even include bugging telephone conversations with outsiders (and the lawyers of the accused, per the 2001 reaction to the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks).  The point is--be careful if you are in Big Brother’s prisons.   

 

 

The Bottom Line 

 

The gist of this is that the American people are now in a police state whereby the Big Brother government has bought off and/or coerced any number of people to become spies, informers and entrappers for them to seek out and bring harm and hurt on their relatives, friends and neighbors. 

 

Americans are to the point of not being able to trust and confide in even their closest associates, friends and relatives--just like the Scriptures foretold for the age end. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 386--Christian Government Tracking III

 

 

More Illustrations of Big Brother 

 

Secretary of Defense William Cohen (a Christian Amalek-Edomite?) set the stage for what was to follow in a Sep 10, 1997, press interview. 

 

In a discussion on terrorism, he said that “It’s going to require greater intelligence on our part--much greater emphasis on intelligence gathering capability, more human intelligence, and it’s going to take more technical intelligence” (Jan 1999 “Idaho Observer,” p. 11).  Manifestly, Cohen had more FBI spying in mind.  

 

The Spokane, WA “Spokesman-Review” paper of Dec 20, 1998, broke a story (“FBI Forms Task Force on Terrorism”) on how far Big Brother is willing to go to monitor, profile and spy upon innocent American citizens, who have not been involved in criminal activities of any kind. 

 

The essence of the report was that the 1995 terrorism bill passed by Congress (after the OC bombing) provided for 500 new FBI agents--ostensibly to fight domestic terrorism.  Since then, across the US, the FBI has been forming specific FBI task forces to track politically incorrect people--like alleged “anti-government and White supremacy groups.”  There are at least 16 of these task forces nation wide. 

 

 

The Local Operation

 

Now, one such force has been formed in the Eastern WA, Northern ID and MT areas to use a sophisticated local computer system.  This local computer system is linked into  the national FBI “Terrorist Information System,” which is a data base at FBI offices back East (obviously, a data base monitoring multitudes of American citizens). 

 

Apparently, the system (the article was unclear whether this was locally or nationally) is tracking and profiling 200,000 persons and 3,000 organizations of the politically incorrect types. 

 

The local system involves some 36 agents and officers.  Reportedly, all of them have been required to sign an FBI secrecy oath which is supposed to prevent them from discussing with others their work and/or even the existence of the task force. 

 

The explanation for the local attention was that three “alleged” dangerous terrorist groups surfaced in this area in the last 20 years.  In the 1980s, a small group of a few individuals, called the Order (mentioned earlier), formed in Eastern WA to bomb queer bars, etc.  Those people met at Richard Butler’s Aryan Nations. 

 

In 1996, three people called the “Phineas Priesthood,” as elsewhere discussed herein, surfaced to allegedly bomb an abortion clinic and rob a few banks.  One or two of these people attended the local America’s Promise ministry and church. 

 

Also, the two Kehoe brothers of Colville, WA, discussed in the preceding chapter, were caught in Ohio driving without a proper tag.  Later, one brother accused the other brother of murdering some people in Arkansas. 

 

Hence, North Idaho seems to be a focus of the new FBI group because, in 1984, the little town of Coeur d’Alene had one FBI agent.  Today, it has seven.  Perhaps the concern on this area stems from the fact that the Aryan Nations group is located in the small town of Hayden Lake, ID and the America’s Promise ministry is at Sandpoint, ID (a larger town with 5,000 people). 

 

While details of the actual work of the new FBI task force people were not reported, it is not hard to put two and two together and come up with some plausible ideas on precisely what they are doing.  For a start, they are completely monitoring and profiling the activities of all politically incorrect people in the area.  With the shooting of the Jewish children in LA, previously mentioned, this monitoring and spying will increase. 

 

Likely, all telephones are entrapped allowing them to hear and record all conversations on-going in the homes of targeted individuals.  Beyond this effort, it is certain that any number of FBI listening devices are also strategically placed to listen to all other conversations, which might not be subject to the telephone entrapments. 

 

All people being tracked and using the Internet can be sure that their entire activities on the Internet involve a complete profiling--as elsewhere described herein.  Using satellite systems and other group observation systems (cameras or just spies on the ground), a complete profile is established of all persons who attend any meetings with any of the profiled people or organizations. 

 

Yes, if the Aryan Nations have a religious worship service, Big Brother will station agents nearby to monitor all activities and compile data on automobile tag numbers of people present.  Beyond cameras and agents on the ground recording this information, satellites can also be used to read automobile tag numbers. 

 

Of the targeted people and organizations, it is fairly certain that their bank accounts, employment records, tax records, drivers’ license files, family genealogy connections, court house records, marriage records, business records, postal records (both of incoming and outgoing mail), religious records, etc are all being constantly monitored and checked, to be sure that all relevant data from them are constantly fed into the massive computer files for future reference by federal officials. 

 

Beyond the massive monitoring and profiling of all individuals and organizations that fit into the politically incorrect modes, it is also clear that Big Brother extends the same scrutiny to all of their friends, associates, relatives and even neighbors to some extent. 

 

Once a new name surfaces, it is obvious that Big Brother will investigate that person to determine whether he/she is politically correct or not.  If not, this person becomes one more new name to commence the monitoring and profiling action on. 

 

 

More Growth 

 

Finally, there assuredly are a number of undercover federal agents in all politically incorrect groups or meetings in the targeted areas. 

 

These agents are not only spying upon activities and people, but they are there also to set up and entrap potential law breakers, as outlined above.  Once they are able to gain the confidence of a targeted person, they will do their level best to encourage the target to commit some crime so that he can be arrested. 

 

Former chapters discussed this dilemma of federal agents and provocateurs infiltrating these eight wing groups and trying to entrap them in a law violation so that they can be prosecuted by Big Brother.  Without repeating those comments again, the point was made that leaders of these groups (like the Aryan Nations sect) need to pull their heads out of the sand and take some positive actions to protect their people. 

 

The Aug 8, 2001, “Idaho Observer” (p. 1) had a report on the 6th Annual Americans for a Constitutional Government Patriot Potluck Picnic held at a local public park in Coeur d’Alene, ID on July 7th.  Some 80 people attended this innocuous event by right-wingers.  Interestingly, two men (who were not a part of the picnic) were seen nearby eavesdropping on the participants and taking pictures with a camera. 

 

One of the picnic organizers confronted the two men.  The men claimed that they were from Seattle and were just killing time in the park while their wives were doing some local shopping.  These two individuals were driving a spotless, late-model, Ford pickup with Washington plates, assigned to the Davenport Electrical Contractors, Inc (per a local motor vehicle check of their license number). 

 

However, a search of Washington state directory assistance operators and the Washington Secretary of State could not locate an address or phone number for this “alleged” corporation.  The article noted the US KGB spying on the suspect activities of peacefully picnicking people.  The point is that Big Bother (or the ADL) is ready to spy on anybody or anything. 

 

 

The Regional Information Sharing System (RISS) 

 

The Jul 2, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 1, 3) had a story by Mike Blair on “‘Extremists’ Targeted by Snoop Group,” which described the later innovation of federal spying, entrapping and networking operations.  Per the story, the US Justice Department has activated a little-known and highly secretive information-gathering program designed to maintain intimate surveillance of so-called “extremists” and groups which they belong to. 

 

It is unclear how this new Justice Department organization came into being, but it may have developed as a part of the previously cited 1995 terrorism bill, which set up the massive new spying task force in the FBI and the Terrorist Information System.  Probably, RISS has been set up in Justice to determine who and which politically incorrect groups will be prosecuted or looked at more carefully by the FBI. 

 

Per the “Spotlight” article, the new RISS system was actually organized and started by Janet Reno, under the Bill Clinton leadership.  Its importance now is that it is being continued by John Ashcroft and the Bush Administration. 

 

A former chapter mentioned the Hillary system, which had been set up some years earlier by the Clinton people in the basement of the US White House.  It is unclear whether Bush is continuing this operation in the White House or not.  Probably, the work going on in the Hillary system has been transferred to the Justice Department and the reactivated RISS program. 

 

The Mike Blair article indicated that RISS has several purposes and objectives.  Reportedly, the focus of the group is upon American political dissidents (politically incorrect people) and the various right wing groups which they either belong to or have contact with (like the Militias, patriot groups and by all means, the Christian Identity Churches). 

 

Ostensibly, the RISS program monitors organized crime figures and has lumped right wing politically incorrect people into the same category as organized crime persons.  Elsewhere herein, the point has been made that the system has had enormous pressure underway to classify right wing politically incorrect people into a criminal profile--something even worse than pedophiles, rapists and other criminals. 

 

“Spotlight” indicated that the new RISS program picks up from where the old COINTELPRO program left off--when it was discontinued several years ago.  That operation involved the extensive use of private spy agencies (like the ADL, SPLC, JDL, etc, as discussed earlier).  Whenever the FBI could not gain secret intelligence information on people, they have used these Amalekite spy groups to do the snooping. 

 

Blair’s story indicated that the new RISS program will use this old cooperation and trade off with these Amalekite groups.  Apparently, the private spy agencies and the federal spy operations will automatically network the resulting data.  They will routinely share and exchange spy information; and presumably, jointly plan and scheme new infiltrations and works of evil and oppression against politically incorrect people. 

 

 

Defining a Terrorist  

 

The RISS program, in conjunction with the anti-terrorism legislation of the past several years, has opened the door to the unique situation where the definition of a terrorist or act of terrorism is left in the arbitrary and discretionary hands of the US Department of Justice.  While this idea may not seem to be so revolting under Attorney General John Ashcroft, it means absolute tyranny under the likes of Janet Reno. 

 

The May 13, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 10-11) had an article by Michael Collins Piper on “Feds Silencing Dissent Through Police State Legislation” which addressed the so-called “USA Patriot Act” passed just after the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks in Washington and New York. 

 

As Piper outlined the problem, the definition of a terrorist or act of terrorism has been placed with the US Department of Justice.  Every two years, Justice must prepare a list of so-called “terrorist organizations.” 

 

Groups defined as terrorists are subject to the following:  Their assets are frozen, foreign citizens associated with those groups can be barred from entering the United States, and Americans accused of providing material support or resources to these groups can be jailed for ten years. 

 

While this program may sound good in terms of Muslims in the Osama bin Laden network, the truth is that it can be far reaching to encompass all kinds of American people and groups.  The essence of the problem is that the Attorney General has the power to define anyone or any group as being a terrorist. 

 

As Piper suggests, the program involves a scheme to eviscerate the first amendment; and especially, suppress political dissent against government’s conduct of foreign policy.  Actually, the writer of this study would just add that it can surely go far beyond dissidents over foreign policy.  Logically, it can and will outreach to all kinds of people with all kinds of interests which conflict with the ruling authorities in Washington. 

 

Actually, this thing can also impact upon the various US states as they too can pass legislation supposedly fighting terrorism.  A good illustration of this condition surfaced in a news report in the Apr 7, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 2). 

 

This AFP story noted that the Oregon state legislature had a bill before it which would define protesters as terrorists and subject them to possible life imprisonments (with a minimum of 25 years imprisonment).  The bill, SH 742, could supposedly even apply to minor acts of vandalism or civil disobedience as may occur during protest demonstrations.  So, who knows what all bills might be coming down the pike? 

 

As discussed elsewhere herein, the leftists ruling America have an agenda which is being put over in the vein of social gods that all Americans must accept (racial miscegenation and amalgamation, homosexuality, feminism, and so forth which contribute to the coming world government).  Anyone who speaks out against these state approved gods can or will be defined as a terrorist. 

 

In this sense, religious groups like the Christian Identity movement can be labeled terrorist groups.  Of course, this definition motion can and will reach out to any organization that opposes the New World Order--like the Ku Klux Klan, anti-abortion operations, etc. 

 

By all means, any person or group which opposes the ruling political party (or perhaps presently, the two approved parties--the Republicans and Democrats) can be defined as a terrorist person or group.  This thing can be far reaching in scope. 

 

Once a person or group is on the Department of Justice list, they will then be fully subjected to the full range of monitoring, spying, oppression, etc (and ultimately, arrest and imprisonment).  For sure, groups like the Anti-Defamation League, the Southern Poverty Law Center and so forth will be incorporated into the over all opposition to these defined terrorist people or groups. 

 

 

IRS Tactics 

 

Along with the greatly expanded operations of the FBI and the Amalekite hate groups, one must not lose sight of the IRS (which is in a very favorable position to really monitor people on the right in terms of filed tax returns).  Once the IRS obtains data on tax filers, the information can be shared with other agencies (like the FBI, ADL etc). 

 

The Apr 2001 “American Sentinel Bonus Report” noted that in 2000, Clinton rearmed and retooled the IRS with the latest advanced state of the art collection technology.  Under the FY 2001 appropriations bill, the IRS received an increase of $769 million and 2,835 new agents to beef up its collection efforts.  Like this report said-- “A meaner, leaner and more effective IRS ‘Reinvented’ agency is on the way.” 

 

This new look in the IRS certainly materialized in early 2002.  The May 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 2) said that IRS Commissioner Charles Rossotti (a Bush holdover from Bill Clinton) announced a 28% increase in IRS audits using an IRS technique called the National Research Program (NRP). 

 

The NRP conducts a line-by-line analysis of a tax return comparing data with a national average.  If any line on a return is higher than the national average, the difference is scored by a computer.  The higher the score the more likelihood of further examinations and checks. 

 

The article also reported on a new IRS practice which consists of making a detailed examination of a tax return without the knowledge of the taxpayer (ibid, p. 2). 

 

This technique involves accessing third party information about the taxpayer and his spending habits from property records, loan data, insurance providers, credit card accounts, court records, trade and membership associations, and checking with other data in some 37 federal and 215 state and local government agencies.  With this abundant information, the IRS will be well prepared before even seeing the taxpayer. 

 

Information from credit card accounts can be awful revealing in terms of both purchases and how much money a person has to spend.  Already, per the Cato Institute, the IRS has obtained 1.7 million records from American Express and Mastercard on some 230,000 credit cards issued by banks in the Bahamas, Antigua and the Cayman Islands (ibid, p. 2).  Visa is next on the IRS plans

 

As the Sentinel article noted, it is perfectly legal for a taxpayer to have a credit card in these off-shore tax havens.  However, the IRS employee’s handbook says that people with these off-shore cards are classified as “tax avoiders.”  Assuredly, it means that their tax returns will get extra attention. 

 

While the IRS will have its usual methods of going after taxpayers, there is another feature of this discussion not mentioned by the Sentinel.  Some important political leaders have been known to use the IRS as a terror and blackmail agency to go after political opponents.  Presidents Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon and Bill Clinton all used the IRS to audit their political enemies. 

 

 

But Don’t Be Paranoid 

 

There is another important aspect on this huge US spying motion which needs mention.  While the true believer must be careful, vigilant and alert, there is a need to use some logic and common sense on approaching this problem.  It is paranoid stupidity to start accusing people indiscriminately of being government spies.  It is a violation of the tenth commandment to bear false witness against an innocent party. 

 

Though Big Brother does have or can have any number of spies, entrappers and informers out in society, including a man’s closest relatives and friends, because of the availability of payoff moneys and bribes, it doesn’t mean that everyone is a government spy.  A believer must be as innocent as a dove and wise as a serpent in approaching this problem (Matt 10:16). 

 

In terms of other true believers in a true fellowship, one must be very careful about falsely accusing a brother.  There is a need for legitimate fellowship on a proper plane.  Consequently, it is always prudent to be cautious and suspicious, but not to the point of paranoia. 

 

This writer has seen some Christian Identity people (particularly Holy Rollers in Northeastern WA, as discussed earlier), who are almost hysterical on this theme.  The interesting thing about most of them is that they are completely blind and trusting with most people who “agree” with them.  They become hateful and paranoid with people who do not agree. 

 

One would think that persons with brains above the moron level would be able to put two and two together and realize that any government spy present will be very agreeable and try to speak acceptable words.  An FBI informer would be awful stupid to go among Holy Rollers and publicly tell them that the motion is demonic.  Of course, most FBI informers have got far more brains than that. 

 

Among Holy Rollers, government spies will likely be Holy Rollers.  Among Jew haters, they surely be will be Jew haters.  Among Christian Identity people, they will be staunch Christian Identity types.  Among Nazis, they will be Nazis.  Among Ku Klux Klanners, they will be Ku Klux Klan devotees and so-forth. 

 

It is far easier to get into the confidence and trust of a person by agreeing with him than it is in disagreeing.  In the real world, disagreement can bring distrust while agreement can bring trust.  Anyone above the moron level should understand this truth. 

 

As discussed before herein, Big Brother already monitors almost all private conversations (of interest to him) in peoples’ homes, in the context of telephone entrapments and strategically placed listening devices (as noted earlier herein). 

 

All persons on the Internet are profiled and are subject to a great deal of scrutiny in terms of every action they take and perhaps even in a reading of their computer hard drives (per Dr Rod Lewis, video, “Shackles of the New World Order”). 

 

Big Brother’s people have satellites in orbit which can read a small business card as well as automobile license plates.  Combine this condition with their monitoring of all conversations of interest to them and it becomes manifest that they presently are accumulating vast files (dossiers) on whomsoever they want to. 

 

If an individual has something really confidential to say to another person, then he had better follow Piska 4.3, elsewhere mentioned herein (“Pesikta De-Rab Kahana,” p. 65).  Go out into an open field away from all people, buildings and facilities and where a listening device is highly unlikely and/or the atmospheric sounds will blot out its effectiveness if it is present nearby.  Even then, it is well to whisper.

 

Above all else, be very careful if someone proposes or discusses violating a law.  Up until 2003, this has been the primary problem that right wingers get into trouble with from the Big Brother government. 

 

An entrapper becomes a friend and broaches the subject of violating some law.  If someone suggests, implies or talks favorably about violating a law, the listener needs to be very prudent, suspicious and cautious.  As a minimum, conspiracy can result even if no act ever takes place.  Conspiracy can lead to arrest and prosecution. 

 

 

The Need for Competent Leaders 

 

In the context of the present government persecution and oppression of her own citizens (to particularly include politically incorrect persons--who are on the right and somewhat serious on the Scriptures, truth and righteousness), it is imperative that a few remarks be cast upon the role of so-called leaders in any motion portending for truth. 

 

Many people like to set themselves up as leaders, pastors, elders and big shots of especially some of the small, right wing, Christian cults and sects; but then, never exercise any leadership in the vein of a little common sense and care for the flock that they are trying to exercise authority over.  Again, some of the Christian Identity, Ku Klux Klan and right wing groups classically illustrate this dilemma. 

 

For example, Richard Butler is the “pastor” of the Aryan Nations sect, as cited earlier.  He started his operation when he built a church on his land near Hayden Lake, Idaho and invited Christian Identity people, skin heads, political Nazis, Ku Klux Klanners etc to come to his sun worship church (thus, it was his church, as noted earlier).  Over the years, many came.  And some were hurt grossly by attending Butler’s meetings. 

 

In 1988, Butler and several others were accused of sedition and tried in a federal court in Fort Smith, Arkansas in an action by Big Brother to try to abolish much of the right wing leadership which was opposing the New World Order and the goals and gods of world government (as elsewhere discussed herein).  These innocent Americans beat the charges.  But an interesting fall out about truth surfaced in the trial. 

 

Starting certainly, in the 1980s (and actually, somewhat earlier in the 1940s during WWII), the Big Brother state has infiltrated and positioned spies and informers throughout much of the right wing.  Only an idiot could be in a leadership role when this Arkansas trial took place and not comprehend that his group could be or already was a target of the feds (who would come in clandestinely and infiltrate his group). 

 

By all means, Butler should have known this.  After all, he was personally on trial and federal agents and informers in attendance at his sun worship meetings were some of his very accusers.  So, after winning the trial, Butler went back home to Idaho and did “nothing” about taking any steps to protect himself or his people.  Manifestly, the self appointed big shot (Butler) of the Aryan Nations failed to perform a duty for his people. 

 

Manifestly, he failed miserably in his duty and responsibility for the flock which he had set up to be under his authority.  On the surface, much question must be raised about Butler’s competence as a leader.  So federal and Amalekite secret agents continued to infiltrate, spy upon and attend Butler’s meetings. 

 

Poor Randy Weaver (who was addressed in prior chapters) made the mistake of attending a few of Butler’s meetings in the late 1980s and early 1990s (after the Fort Smith trial).  Weaver was set up by one of the federal agents in an entrapping operation.  As discussed earlier, his wife and small son were murdered by Big Brother and Randy’s life was greatly hurt. 

 

The point is that Butler should have had some brains to understand that he needed to do something positive to protect his people.  Admittedly, they were sun worshippers and involved in sun worship.  But they were fellow rea Israelites and deserved some protection by the self appointed leader. 

 

Instead, Butler and his other leading elders did nothing of value.  They blindly followed down the primrose lane of allowing federal agents, Amalekites and other entrappers to infiltrate the Aryan Nations sect at will.  The same thing happened with the Branch Davidians of Waco, Texas, which was addressed in former chapters. 

 

This writer once wrote Butler a letter and suggested that he install a program of requiring all people attending his meetings to sign notarized statements that they had no contact, working relationship or receiving money as an agent with any level of government, ADL, SPLC, JDL, Mossad, etc--except as follows (with a blank space which each attendee could complete with a statement describing his relationship to any government or Amalekite hate group--like in receiving food stamps or whatever). 

 

Certainly, it would be crucial to require people in attendance to state their legal names and any aliases in a notarized affidavit.  Honest people of good will attending a meeting for sincere religious reasons would not object to such a statement--after all, the act of requiring such a statement goes to protect all persons at a meeting. 

 

Getting a notary seal is no big deal and Butler or one of his followers could have obtained one for $50 or whatever.  Of course, it was imperative to have the affidavits notarized.  Because otherwise, signed statements mean nothing.  With the notarized statement, the statement is far more serious and would just about prevent federal and Amalekite agents from lying and deceiving the Butler people. 

 

A notarized affidavit would force federal undercover and Amalekite agents to commit open perjury or reveal their relationships.  Once the secret agent is known, he can be pointed out to the congregation--so that innocent people like Randy Weaver could take steps to avoid entrapment.  Butler thought so well of the suggestion that he never even bothered to write back and say thank you, yes, no or anything else. 

 

Back during the cold war (and it may still be going on in some form), the Defense Department used to require all military personnel to sign a statement of their membership/contact with a host of alleged Communist/subversive front organizations.  Hundreds of groups were on the list (including many Ku Klux Klan entities).  Once a person revealed any of these contacts, it allowed Big Brother to take further action. 

 

All of the modern right wing groups which are on the hate lists maintained by Big Brother or any of the Amalekite led hate groups (i.e., ADL, JDL and/or SPLC) should develop their own form to be signed by all persons attending one of their meetings.  Thus, if “secret” federal/ADL/JDL/SPLC/etc agents are attending meetings and spying on American citizens, maybe their presence can be detected in a notarized affidavit. 

 

 

Butler’s Failures Destroyed His Operation 

 

In any case, Butler’s failure to take some safeguards and use a little sense, in trying to be the pastor/big shot of his group, backfired when the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) and an Indian woman ally possibly set Aryan Nations up in an entrapping operation which cost him and some of his people much in money and/or jail time. 

 

While Butler tried to complain over the Indian woman and her Amalekite allies, it was all useless because Butler, himself, was primarily to blame.  Butler had a duty and responsibility to initiate some protective measures to protect Aryan Nations, himself and his people in attendance at his meetings.  Seemingly, he did nothing! 

 

Hence, as was true in his operation internally during worship services, Butler took no positive actions to protect his so-called guards--who were stationed at the front of his compound.  He well knew that local Amalekites, janissaries and liberals periodically came by his place to throw fire crackers, spread nails in the driveways and do other vindictive acts of terrorism. 

 

Yet, Butler never even briefed his people on what they should or should not do when these acts of terrorism occurred.  This tragic event, involving Butler, his guards, the Indian woman and the SPLC, is discussed elsewhere herein.  With people like Butler in charge, it has been a certainty that Big Brother and the Amalekite workers of evil would successively crush and oppress their alleged enemies frequently. 

 

 

The “Elohim City” Cult, Revisited 

 

Besides the Butler operation in North Idaho, there is a similar cult located in Muldrow, Oklahoma, which has a compound of sorts with an armed guard at the entrance (as briefly cited earlier herein).  News reports from “Spotlight” and the “American Free Press” have suggested that this group is heavily infiltrated/investigated by federal and ADL agents.  So it undoubtedly is dangerous for any real believer to be involved in it. 

 

In background, a man named Bob Millar reportedly bought some land near Muldrow over ten years ago and set himself up as the boss of his own cult operation--which evidently is some blend of the Sacred Name, Pentecostal/Charismatic and Identity motions (though the group seems shallow on the Scriptures).  Millar died and his son John took over and either set himself up as or became the big shot leader of the group. 

 

Though originally Sabbathkeepers, the idea of a noon to noon day took over (as promoted by Gene Heck and Pete Peters, per prior remarks herein) and the group appears to have become Pentecostal/Charismatic, Sunday, sun worshipers.  Because of this noon to noon stuff, this writer wrote the group a letter and included an article on how bad this noon to noon idea is (as outlined in a prior chapter on “The Day”). 

 

Also, the above remarks on Butler were included, plus a little history on the different religious groups (per former comments herein).  The Millar leader was good enough to actually acknowledge my short letter and the writings, but then went on to suggest how he liked/admired Butler and Peters and to attack me for “slander” (apparently, he found nothing of value in the articles sent him; thus, his decision to lecture me on slander). 

 

His reply came on stationary with a heading “Elohim, Incorporated; City of the Universe,” the address and phone number and his own heading-- “John Millar, Pastor.”  This leader closed his letter with the words “Pastor John Millar” and his signature.  The point is that this man is a very proud man who wants to advertise his greatness and glory (as is a problem of man, per the earlier chapters on pride). 

 

A final word--there is an old saying that even dumb dogs have got sense enough to not bite the hand that is feeding them (or trying to feed them).  Besides knowing little or nothing about the Book and “lashon hara” (as described earlier herein), one must wonder about the IQ level at Elohim City?  Is it at the one or two-digit level? 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 387--Christian Police State Tactics I

 

 

Anthrax Scare in Nevada 

 

On February 19, 1998, the FBI arrested Larry Wayne Harris and William Job Leavitt in Nevada for possessing an “alleged” anthrax biological agent of mass destruction.  Immediately, the gullible public was told that the men were White supremacists who were getting ready to release the agent in a New York City subway to kill thousands of innocent persons. 

 

A few days later, it was found that Leavitt was a Mormon and Harris had once been a member of the Aryan Nations in North Idaho in 1990 to 1995.  The agent turned out to be an innocent vaccine for cattle (available to cattlemen across the world).  NYC was never under any consideration by these men for anything.  It was all wild, irresponsible rumors floated by the FBI and media people. 

 

Harris was a scientist (a microbiologist), experimenting with vaccines, and Leavitt was a business man, interested in making an investment.  They were brought together by a third man named Ronald G. Rockwell, who had a dispute with them and called in the FBI to arrest them with some false allegations about them preparing to have their live anthrax virus tested and analyzed in a Nevada laboratory before using it. 

 

While there is a potential scare for an anthrax terrorist attack from Muslim agents, as outlined elsewhere herein, this Nevada story, as reported to the FBI, surely must have sounded a little fishy.  People getting ready to release a live virus would hardly have taken it into a testing laboratory of any reputation for analysis. 

 

 

More 

 

Surely, there must be some allowance for some personal intelligence to be granted to any alleged terrorists getting ready to release anthrax in the New York subways.  No terrorist is going to walk into a testing laboratory with a live anthrax virus and not expect to have the whole incident reported to police or other authorities. 

 

Nevertheless, irresponsible federal agents arrested the men and seized their car and even covered it with a plastic protective covering.  With the men in custody, Big Brother went to the media to make all kinds of statements and charges to build up the hype and public scare. 

 

This was what happened a few years ago in the Atlanta Olympics bombing.  The FBI leaked information to the press about Richard Jewel, an innocent, local, security guard (who was actually a hero for sensing trouble and trying to remove people from the area before the bomb went off). 

 

The media people got all worked up; and they, in turn, worked up the gullible American public with their constant stories and reports--many of which were nothing but outright lies and distortions. 

 

The innocent security guard was already convicted by the media and its constant hype, before he was even arrested.  As it turned out, he was innocent.  The FBI officials made some apologies in an effort to down play their irresponsible words and actions. 

 

Just after the so-called terrorist attacks on Sep 11, 2001, in New York and Washington (to be described in later chapters), there were a number of anthrax mailings in the US mail which killed or hurt several people.  The FBI apparently launched an extensive investigation to try to establish exactly who was responsible for these mailings.  As of late 2003, the investigation had proved nothing. 

 

“The Week” (p. 3) for Aug 23, 2002, allowed that the FBI had leaked information over some period of time that a man named Dr Steven Hatfield was responsible for the mailings.  Hatfield denied any involvement in the mailings and charged that the FBI leaks had cost him his job and made his life a “wasteland.”  The FBI, itself, admitted that it had no physical evidence linking Hatfield to the anthrax.  Yet, it made the leaks. 

 

Whether Hatfield is or is not involved is unknown by this writer at this time in 2003.  Actually, it matters not in terms of this presentation.  What is important is that the government stands ready to leak information on supposedly innocent people without hesitation (yes, Hatfield, Jewell and other falsely accused people are all innocent until proven guilty by a jury of their peers).  This is tyranny involving police state tactics! 

 

 

The Feds Needed Something in Nevada 

 

On discovering that there was nothing to the Nevada anthrax scare from Harris and Leavitt and the fact that Big Brother had arrested two innocent men over nothing, something had to be done to pacify the gullible public.  After all, the wonderful, Big Brother government can never be wrong in its oppressive actions against the innocent public. 

 

The FBI called in teams of investigators and agents to seize all of the property and assets of these two innocent men; so that the feds could commence a detailed examination of all of their records and property in hopes of finding something (actually anything) to charge them with in terms of violating some federal law.  Generally, this is called a fishing trip. 

 

In other words, if the feds don’t have anything to prosecute an innocent man over, they conduct a detailed investigation of his entire life to try to find something to justify their arrest and detention of him.  After all, Big Brother can never be guilty of arresting an innocent man. 

 

It would not take many arrests of innocent people to get the gullible taxpayers and voters all excited.  Maybe the voters in the sun worship democracy would respond by cutting money to the federal agency involved or perhaps they would really get carried away and put limitations on the Big Brother agency.  This would be disastrous for any bureaucrat. 

 

 

Dumb Dummies 

 

Therefore, something had to be done to justify the arrests.  If the men were released, it would hurt the image of the federal agents and prosecutors.  Big Brother must go to any length to protect its image and keep the dumb public “dumb.”  If the dummies ever wake up, there could be trouble. 

 

After investigating, searching and looking at the entire lives of these two men, they finally could find nothing in Leavitt’s life to justify his arrest.  So they released him.  In the case of Harris, who also was later released, they found that he had once bought another virus from a laboratory, while he was a politically incorrect scientist involved in bacteria research.  

 

Evidently, back in 1995, microbiologist Harris ordered a specimen of a bubonic plague bacteria from a laboratory by mail.  It was shipped to him and he paid for it.  He was working on a civil defense book on biological warfare, which he hoped to make available to people who are concerned with possible biological terrorist attacks (“Spotlight,” Mar 23, 1998). 

 

As it turned out, neither he or the laboratory violated any laws whatsoever.  In the case of the laboratory, Big Brother did nothing to them; so that means that anyone wanting to buy this bacteria can clearly do so, according to US law.  Though they couldn’t prosecute the politically incorrect Harris over the bacteria, they did prosecute him for mail fraud (since he had ordered it by mail). 

 

Apparently, he was prosecuted and was released with his alleged promise that he would not continue his research for his book.  With the Nevada incident, the feds tried to claim that he violated his former parole promises.  They then went to the media to build up their case that they had correctly arrested a dangerous criminal. 

 

Naturally, the media went wild to play up what an evil man Harris was for daring to do research on a cattle vaccine.  These allegations out of the past for Harris seemed to be about as ridiculous and stupid as was the situation with the anthrax cattle vaccine.  All of it was essentially nothing, except FBI press releases and a crazy media and public hyped up into fanaticism. 

 

 

Kirby Kehoe 

 

Another unique federal effort to prosecute politically incorrect people developed in late 1998 and early 1999 when the feds arrested a man named Kirby Kehoe of Yaak, MT (the father of the two Kehoe brothers, discussed previously), for wanting to establish a Whites only nation in the US. 

 

The feds investigated his life carefully and decided to charge him with racketeering.  According to an AP report on Feb 8, 1999, he apparently plea bargained an agreement to plead guilty or otherwise face an army of charges, including murder (Feb 9, 1999, “Spokesman-Review”). 

 

The point is that the feds have so much money and so much latitude on what they can do that politically incorrect people don’t have a chance when arrested.  This is about the same situation with most automobile drivers using the US highways.  Police can stop a vehicle for almost any real or alleged cause. 

 

As pointed out earlier, if a driver doesn’t have something wrong, a traffic cop can manufacture a cause to stop him.  Again, the point must be made that the police have great latitude to charge people with almost any thing, as they may choose and by their own discretion. 

 

The essence of this whole dissertation is that if a person is “politically incorrect,” the Big Brother agents will monitor and check upon his life to no end, in order to try to find some law or some basis that they can arrest and put him away for being an evil criminal.  The Harris and Kehoe incidents demonstrate the length that they will go to persecute innocent people who are politically incorrect. 

 

 

More Examples 

 

The Nov/Dec 1997 “Jubilee” paper had some interesting reports in a section on “Badge Busters” (p. 40).  In a story on “Fed Shoots Unarmed Teen,” the article mentioned the work of US Deputy Marshal William Cannon, who shot an unarmed boy walking down a street in Newark, NJ with no warning. 

 

The boy, named Burgess, had a Three Musketeers candy bar (with a silver wrapper) which the marshal said looked like a gun.  After the shooting, the brave marshal handcuffed the boy and left him bleeding, while he shook hands and visited with other officers who quickly arrived on the scene.  And even if the candy bar was a gun, why would there be a problem, in view of the second amendment to the US Constitution? 

 

Another story from Elizabethtown, PA said that a group of teenagers (Tonya Leggore, Jason Schwanger and others) were sitting in the town square one evening around 10 PM.  All of a sudden, 20 to 30 FBI agents came upon them quickly, in a caravan of speeding automobiles.  The agents were wearing camouflage clothing, blackened faces and bulletproof vests and carrying assault weapons. 

 

Guns were pointed to the children and they were told to put their hands in the air.  They were then ordered to lie face down on the street where they were handcuffed and supposedly arrested.  As it turned out the feds were involved in a training exercise and the teenagers were released after about 30 minutes. 

 

A senior FBI official in Washington, DC said that the FBI stages these exercises with the public to give agents authentic experience.  In other words, the Big Brother police agencies can arbitrarily terrorize United States citizens and the public can do nothing about it.  Federal agents are above the law. 

 

 

And More Examples 

 

Another news report in Jan 1997 noted that heavily armed National Park agents, wearing ski-masks, descended from a military helicopter and burst into the home of a family living on a ranch on Santa Cruz Island off the coast of California.  The commando style assault included snipers to secure the perimeter. 

 

A 15 year-old girl, sleeping in a sleeping bag, was yanked out of her sleeping bag, pushed face down on the floor and handcuffed. Three adults in the building were arrested for suspicion of robbing Indian grave sites (Mar 1998, “Prophecy Flash,” p. 27). 

 

The “Spotlight” of Nov 20, 2000 (p. 2), had a similar report of a US raid in the Fort Davis, Texas mountains on June 3, 1996--when 20 federal agents descended on the home of Terry Taylor with 10 federal warrants looking for dead bugs.  Reportedly, Taylor was accused of collecting dead beetles, butterflies etc from Mexico for his collection without a license.  The feds went after him in force looking for the bugs. 

 

 

But Mistakes 

 

In a 1992 incident, Los Angeles County authorities staged a “drug raid” on the home of the Donald P. Scott family.  In the raid, authorities shot and killed the 61 years old Scott.  No drugs were found.  The family claimed that the raid was prompted by authorities who wanted an excuse to seize the 200-acre Scott ranch (as allowed under drug forfeiture laws). 

 

It’s a wonder that the police didn’t plant some drugs at the scene to justify their attack and murder.  In any case, the family sued and was given a $5 million settlement (Jan 31, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 2). 

 

Next, the Mar-Apr 2000 “Prophecy Flash” (p. 27) had a report from the Jan 2000 “American Sentinel” on Clinton’s new police program.  In late 1999, a local SWAT team executed a late “no-knock” raid on a man’s home.  The man was at home with his nine children.  The father was shot eight times by the gung ho police. 

 

It turned out that the warrant issued was based upon bad information from an informant.  Thus, the raid happened on a wrong address.  So the wrong man was murdered.  While the US government is anxious to keep all kinds of statistics on guns used by private citizens, it keeps nothing on the number of law abiding people gunned down by zealous, rambo policemen. 

 

And in New York City, on May 16, 2003, a whole series of police mistakes, bumblings and incompetent actions came together in another unannounced, no-knock, police raid on the home of an innocent person.  Police had a tip that a man named Melvin Boswell had some drugs in his apartment on the ninth floor of the same building where 57 year-old Alberta Spruill lived alone on the sixth floor. 

 

Per the tip (from Boswell’s disgruntled girl friend), Boswell had no gun but did have an eleven week-old pit bulldog pup.  Based on this single tip, police decided to arrest Boswell on May 16th.  But as it turned out, the police had already arrested him on May 12, 2003, and had him in jail.  Not realizing that they already had him in custody, the police sent a team of 12 officers to his supposed apartment. 

 

But the incompetent police got the wrong apartment and instead “raided” Ms Spruill’s apartment in a pre-dawn (6:10 AM), unannounced attack.  They broke her door down, tossed a flash grenade inside and charged in with guns drawn to supposedly catch Bosworth.  They didn’t find anyone except the elder Ms Spruill.  So they handcuffed her.  She had a heart attack and died after she was rushed to a hospital. 

 

The police apologized to Ms Spruill’s family and said that they were deeply saddened.  The NY Mayor called the pre-dawn attack a terrible episode (May 17, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review,” p. A6). 

 

Finally, in one more case, a news report in the Mar 19, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 2) noted that the ATF decided to clandestinely raid Moore’s Wild West Trading Post in Alamogordo, CO for some ostensible reason in the middle of one March night.  They chose to say nothing to the local Otero County Sheriff (John Lee, who has a reputation for opposing the Big Brother feds). 

 

While in their secret raid upon the Trading Post, the burglar alarm went off and the local sheriff’s people jumped in their cars and descended upon the trading post, looking for burglars.  Instead, they found federal agents.  As it turned out, a fire fight (shoot out) was avoided by the two groups of “law-enforcement” people.  If gunshots had erupted, it would have been an absolute disaster. 

 

 

Two Real Backfires? 

 

While federal officials often do play a rambo role in attacking innocent civilians, it must be noted that sometimes the fed tactics really backfire.  For example, take the case of some Special Forces students from Fort Bragg, North Carolina who mistakenly should have exercised some care when they focused upon the local civilian population in Moore County, NC. 

 

The March 11, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 1, 15) had a story by Mike Blair on “Army Maneuvers Involving Civilians Result in Tragedy.”  As Blair noted, the US military has been conducting training exercises upon the local American civilian population without any advance warning or coordination. 

 

Per this NC incident, two civilian-dressed soldiers and a civilian auxiliary volunteer were on maneuvers on a rural road in Moore County on February 23, 2002, when they ran into Randall Butler, a local Deputy Sheriff of the county.  The Deputy was armed and the soldiers were armed with military rifles.  The policeman had real bullets, but apparently the soldiers did not. 

 

In any event, the Deputy believed that he was threatened with the riles when the soldiers attempted to disarm him.  Thereupon, he proceeded to shoot both of them--one dead and the other seriously wounded.  In this case, the military people had failed to tell the local Sheriff that they were conducting maneuvers in his county.  Apparently, they made a mistake when they tangled with Butler. 

 

In another case that backfired, the Sep 14, 2002, “Spokane Spokesman-Review” had a news item from El Paso, Texas which said that about a dozen Mexican railroad bandits ambushed two FBI agents (one a Hispanic male and the other a woman) involved in a sting operation along the rail line.  The agents were beaten, kicked and hit with rocks.  They were hospitalized in critical condition. 

 

 

Other Federal Tactics 

 

From the above outline of actual federal assaults on private US citizens in this chapter, previous chapters and other similar ones, several points emerge which all persons should be cognizant of in any contact with federal agents.  The federals often attack “suspects” without any warning or pre-notice and sometimes without an arrest or search warrant (as they did with the previously discussed Randy Weaver). 

 

Although they usually have ample opportunities to arrest a suspect in daylight and when he or she is alone in town or out in public (as was true with Gordon Kahl, David Koresh and Randy Weaver), they often choose to ignore these basic principles of arrest procedure and opt for some inconceivable scheme--like setting up an ambush to get Kahl in the middle of the night along a country road or make a clandestine “tactical reconnaissance” of the Weaver’s property. 

 

In the case of Waco, the initial federal assault was launched as a surprise attack with a whole host of agents in their assault uniforms, bullet proof vests, automatic weapons and attack helicopters.  It seems that the ATF decided to use this exercise for training purposes. 

 

They brought along their own camera and TV people to record it--to be later shown to trainees as an example of ATF firepower, expertise and assault tactics.  Since they had their television cameras running for the purpose of making a film, normal and usual arrest procedures were ignored. 

 

Apparently, it was also this situation which prompted the federal agents to enter the Davidians’ building from several places, including a roof attack, in conjunction with the efforts to enter from the ground level.  All of this was done while the attackers were supported by a helicopter gunship, firing indiscriminately into the building. 

 

Sometimes, the feds break in on people in the middle of the night.  Typically, they attack in numbers--wearing bullet proof vests, camouflage or black terror uniforms with ski masks and carrying military assault weapons, which they will “irresponsibly” use without much provocation.  They are very trigger happy and will shoot first and ask questions later, if given an opportunity. 

 

They act on the premise that they are above the law.  So anything they do is perfectly all right.  They will freely arrest any persons present (left alive after the assault) and seize any and all possible private property of a suspect, which generally is never returned--regardless of innocence or guilt. 

 

 

Dictatorial Control 

 

Once an attack or siege begins, the feds completely seal off an area and will not allow any persons or possible witnesses to even be near the place.  In the Ruby Ridge attack, presidential candidate Bo Gritz came to North Idaho and prepared a citizen’s arrest warrant for murder by the FBI agent in charge of the siege.  Of course, Gritz was threatened with arrest for “inciting a riot.” 

 

At Waco, any local and uncontrolled (free) newspaper men asking embarrassing questions at the daily FBI press briefings were threatened with arrest and ordered off of the federally controlled property.  This actually happened with a “Jubilee” reporter from California, who was present in Waco.  Of course, the feds could and did launch a media assault on the suspects, as well as the military assault. 

 

Daily, the public was told how evil and bad Koresh and Weaver were.  In the case of Harris and Leavitt, the feds went even further to characterize them as White supremacists, out to murder thousands of innocent citizens.  Naturally, the controlled national media carried the fed’s stories without question. 

 

With a biased and controlled media, the public can be fed a diet of how bad the suspects are.  In the case of Waco, Ruby Ridge, Montana and on and on, little media attention was given to the positions of the people under attack.  All one heard daily from the biased media was the unchallenged federal position. 

 

If anyone (either a suspect, innocent bystander or one of the agents) gets killed in the attack, the feds blame it on the suspect and file murder charges, if the suspect survives the attack.  In the case of the Ruby Ridge event, the feds claimed that Weaver and Kevin Harris not only killed the marshal but even Weaver’s son. 

 

 

Federal Liars 

 

At the 1995 Senate hearings on the Ruby Ridge affair, US Deputy Marshal Larry Cooper, one of the federal gunmen, not only blamed Randy for Sammy’s death, but denied even firing at the boy.  A later ballistics test (mentioned earlier and apparently made long after the trial) proved that Cooper (not the killed Degan) did machine gun the boy in the back. 

 

Naturally, Cooper consistently lied about the shooting, until the subsequent ballistics’ test proved otherwise.  But in March 1996, the murderer Cooper did receive the US Marshal’s highest award for valor and bravery, along with the other killers for machine gunning a politically incorrect, small boy in the back as he ran from them. 

 

Per the normal fed reaction, the federal killer Cooper was never tried or condemned for anything.  Like Slick Clinton, who regularly lies to the American public, federal agents have learned that they can get away with almost everything.  So, who cares about the lies and distortions they manufacture to cover up and deceive in their dastardly crimes against innocent children. 

 

In the Kahl incident in North Arkansas, the feds “claimed” that the Sheriff and “Kahl” shot each other.  Nevertheless, Ginter was prosecuted and tried for capital murder, though he was not even involved in the shootings.   

 

The same thing happened with the survivors of the Waco assault.  They were charged with the death of the federal agents that died in the attack. 

 

Never mind that much evidence existed which showed that the indiscriminate firing of federal agents and a helicopter gunship probably killed the agents, the poor survivors were arrested and tried.  The point of this is that a survivor of one of these federal attacks will get the book thrown at him. 

 

Regarding the federal attack on some innocent teenagers in Elizabethtown, PA (as described above), there is another aspect of this assault worth mentioning.  It’s a good thing that one of the teenagers didn’t pull a gun for protection from the attack.  The feds would have shot him in cold blood and then arrested the other children and charged them with the murder of the child shot by the agents. 

 

 

The National Security Excuse 

 

Ever since the rise to power of the evil Amalekite Franklin Roosevelt, American presidents have been hiding their activities under an umbrella of so-called national security.  When they want to hide something from the public, they clamp a top secret classification on all of the associated documentation.  No one in the media or public can find out about it. 

 

Of course, it was this evil which allowed John F. Kennedy to organize Murder Incorporated to murder people around the world who do not toe the line properly to satisfy America’s ruling plutocrats.  Apparently, all presidents after JFK have followed in his footsteps and have continued Murder Incorporated (at the expense of the American taxpayers). 

 

What most Americans never understand is that the words national security and security classification are essentially not to hide information from foreign powers; but rather, are used to hide truth from the American people. 

 

When Boris Yeltsin gave Slick Clinton the KGB file on Lee Harvey Oswald in early 1999, Clinton immediately classified the documents and said that they could not be released to the public until national security experts reviewed them.  Obviously, the Russians knew what was in the files (since they produced them). 

 

What was there to hide?  The answer should be obvious to anyone above the moron level.  Yes, the Russians knew what the documents said.  And upon receiving them, Clinton and his administration knew about the contents of the documents.  The only persons in the dark were the American people--who would remain in the dark because of alleged national security. 

 

Even in 2003, the US documents dealing with the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor on Dec 7, 1941, are still classified.  As Dr Stan Monteith noted (in his video on “9/11 Contrived”), it is clear that the US is not trying to keep this information secret from the Japanese.  So, what is the purpose here?  Yes, the idea is keep the information secret from the American public.  

 

In Jan 2003, the Bush administration reportedly prepared a memo to military commanders to increase cooperation with news reporters (apparently interested in covering the coming Iraqi war).  When reporters asked to see the memo, they were told that it had a security classification and that they could not see it (Jan 31, 2003, “The Week,” p. 6). 

 

 

Lie and Cover-Up 

 

By using this national security excuse, the government is not only able to lie and deceive the gullible public, but the government is able to commit crimes and criminal actions in violation of United States laws and get away them.  If any person privy to what is going on speaks out and blows the whistle, he can be immediately arrested and charged with violating national security laws. 

 

People with access to these classified information files are normally in no mood to allow themselves to be later prosecuted.  Because of this reality, most persons keep their mouths shut and carry the information to their graves. 

 

The “Spotlight paper of Sep 27, 1999 (p. 19), had an article on this line which noted that internal FBI documents revealed that FBI agents have committed some 300 felonies, under the excuse of national security.  “Spotlight” noted that under Lyndon Johnson, many illegal government operations were placed in an operation called “COINTELPRO” (a counterintelligence program, cited earlier). 

 

 

Examples of Destroying Evidence 

 

One of the feds’ most despicable acts is to destroy evidence and sometimes even alter and change written records and documents (though this is called obstruction of justice, they generally get away with it, but in rare situations). 

 

For example, the FBI put out some rules of engagement for its attack upon the Weavers.  A senior FBI official (E. Michael Kahoe, as mentioned in a prior chapter) lied about the document and destroyed an internal critical FBI review of the case.  He was tried and convicted for his illegal acts (but later, he had his rights restored by Jeb Bush). 

 

The feds generally will cremate or otherwise destroy any dead bodies left after their attack to preclude any later independent check of them.  Sometimes, they don’t even make ballistic checks of weapons involved or autopsies of dead bodies, if such checks would not or do not help their cases.  In other words, truth and justice are not on their agenda. 

 

For instance, no autopsies were apparently done on the marshals killed in the Gordon Kahl case in North Dakota.  Their dead bodies were quickly cremated.  Moreover, the dead bodies of Weaver’s boy and wife were also rapidly cremated.  The feds never even turned the Weaver ashes over to the Weaver family or in-laws. 

 

Later, it did develop that a ballistics’ check was made on the bullet taken from the Weaver boy, before he was cremated--made “after” the Weaver and Harris trial and not before, as should have been done. 

 

No autopsies were made of the innocent people murdered in Waco.  The Davidian bodies were placed in a trailer in the hot sun where they could quickly decompose.  With no autopsies, the feds claimed that the Davidians committed suicide and shot themselves. 

 

The feds tried their best to completely destroy the home that Kahl was in.  They did burn and destroy the Waco facility where the Davidians lived (by fire and bombing--per Ben Partin).  In the Oklahoma City bombing, remains of the Federal Building were quickly bulldozed and destroyed--thus, not allowing other investigators (like General Partin) to later check it. 

 

In the Ruby Ridge siege, a federal helicopter, carrying a large container of gas or fuel oil, approached the Weaver cabin, apparently with an intent to drop it on the cabin and burn it and the Weavers up.  A local television cameraman caught the chopper on film. 

 

On being discovered, the chopper withdrew.  But federal agents arrested the cameraman for “obstruction of justice” and seized his camera and film.  Too bad for them, but he had already changed the film.  So they didn’t get the one containing the helicopter and fuel.  This film survived and was later shown in the media. 

 

 

More Obstruction of Justice 

 

One of the most incredible federal cover-ups seems to have surfaced in the Kahl incident in Arkansas.  As pointed out in previous comments, the Kahl body was badly mutilated. 

 

The feds claimed that this mutilation on Kahl happened in the fire.  In other words, the fire burned off Kahl’s arms, forearms, hands, lower legs and feet.  The incompetent State Medical Examiner in Arkansas (reportedly, an Indian from India, appointed by the then Governor Bill Clinton) agreed with the feds. 

 

But the previously mentioned Jack McLamb claims that even in a fire, it is virtually impossible to burn bones.  McLamb has seen numerous cases of burned bodies and never with any of their extremities completely missing.  In the case of the alleged Kahl, pictures later showed some of the bone structures protruding from the torso in a way to  suggest that the extremities were severed or cut off. 

 

In fact, a newspaper man later found one of the burned hands in the remains of the building.  It had been severed or cut off.  So the question must surface--why did the feds mutilate this body as they did?  The most plausible answer will astound the reader. 

 

As briefly touched upon earlier, the feds came to believe that the man that they had shot inside the house was Bill Wade, the owner of the house (as allowed in comments by the Sheriff inside and/or from the observations of some of the neighbors who were present outside). 

 

It is highly possible that this belief prompted the feds to become scared over the after effect of the killing.  Since hand and foot prints and jawbones with teeth could possibly be used for identification, it might be that in a moment of panic, the headman chose to obstruct justice by destroying those bodily parts. 

 

Also, after entering the house, it is also true that the feds brought in gasoline and tried their best to burn the building down.  Possibly, they tried to burn the dead man’s torso at that time, along with its severed hands and feet. 

 

If the dead Sheriff did not then have a 22 rifle shot into his side, it is even plausible to believe that the feds used the 22 in the house to shoot into the dead body of the Sheriff through the bullet proof vest. 

 

In any case, the only reasonable explanation for the Kahl mutilation is that perhaps there was fear in the mind of the federal agent supervisor that they had, in fact, killed the wrong man. 

 

Again, the feds must always have a explanation on what happened to appease the media and the gullible public--and even in the context that much of the media is automatically on the side of Big Brother and will therefore gladly lie, cheat and deceive in order to protect the dictatorial state. 

 

 

The Branch Davidians, Revisited 

 

Incidentally, there were a number of similar mutilations of bodies at the Davidians’ compound in Waco.  The “Spotlight” paper of Aug 9, 1999 (p. 12-13), pointed this fact out in an article by Carol A. Valentine on “Death, Lies and Forensic Evidence:  How Did the Victims Die at Waco?”

 

While the official autopsy report called the deaths of the 86 victims (including 24 children) accidents/suicides, numerous observers believe that the evidence is substantial that the Davidians were murdered by Big Brother--as a minimum, by Big Brother’s careless and irresponsible firing of guns into the compound and of the use of deadly volatile CS gas and tanks in its final attack (some of which may have been equipped with flame throwers, suggested in television films shot by the media). 

 

In any case, the “Spotlight” article noted the results of a review by the Tarrant County, TX medical examiner’s office. 

 

Of all of the burned and mangled bodies, some of them showed evidence of strange alterations.  For example, the body of a man named John Bean was found in a concrete room without a head, arms or legs.  His extremities appear to have been cut cleanly from the trunk (as if done by a mechanical saw). 

 

In another situation, all that was found of six year old Melissa Morrison was her lower legs which had been cut off from her body.  In fact, the bodies of about eleven persons were found with the heads decapitated and sometimes other extremities missing. 

 

The federal government would have the dumb, gullible taxpayers/voters believe that David Koresh or one of his lieutenants went about the compound cutting the heads, arms and legs off of people who were dying from cyanide poisoning or from the fire and heat. 

 

However, this really makes no sense at all.  So one must look to the federal agents themselves who have a reputation of altering bodies and evidence if any criticism can be heaped upon them (as in the situation involving Gordon Kahl, discussed above). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 388--Christian Police State Tactics II

 

 

Leonard Peltier--A Classic Case 

 

While the last 20 years have seen an obsession of the US Department of Justice in investigating, indicting and prosecuting right wing, politically incorrect people, this injustice is certainly not the first example of federal oppression against its own citizens in modern times.

 

Perhaps the best illustration of all has been made known by Robert Redford in his production of a documentary film called “Incident at Oglala:  the Leonard Peltier Story.”  The background on this case essentially started in the early 1970s on the Lakota Sioux Indian Reservation at Pine Ridge, SD. 

 

The local chairman of the tribe was popularly elected and was in the envious position of receiving, controlling and distributing all of the federal funds which were allocated annually to the tribe.  This elected chairman was an alleged crook named Dick Wilson, a half-breed. 

 

Charges were made on the reservation that Wilson was elected by fraudulently stuffing the ballot boxes in a way that resembled a common practice in portions of the US--like with the formerly mentioned John F Kennedy in Chicago in 1960 and with Slick Clinton in Arkansas for a number of years, in his use of the Blacks in the Mississippi Delta (noted earlier and to be further addressed later). 

 

Wilson was supported by the so-called “progressives,” as opposed to the “traditionalists.”  The progressives were usually mixed breeds and were of the old Red Cloud “stay around the fort” type, waiting for the federal handouts.  The traditionalists were more likely full bloods, who lived elsewhere on the reservation and who tried to hold onto the old Indian ways (like Crazy Horse and Sitting Bull of 130 years ago). 

 

The traditionalists were unhappy with Wilson.  So over a hundred of them took up residence in May 1973 at the Wounded Knee church and cemetery where some 300 Sioux were killed over a hundred years ago.  Wilson called on his federal friends at the US Justice Department, who rushed in hundreds of agents to surround the Indians.  The federal siege lasted 71 days and finally ended with two Indians being killed. 

 

 

The Goon Squads 

 

With the passage of this siege, Wilson, using federal moneys, began organizing vigilante groups known locally as “Goon squads.”  Their purpose was to intimidate, harass, threaten, terrorize, torture and murder any remaining traditional opposition to Wilson.  The US government backed Wilson, but stayed largely out of the fray. 

 

By driving by in pickup trucks late at night and indiscriminately shooting automatic weapons (which came from the feds) into the homes or residential areas of opponents, the Goons were effective in creating great fear.  Over the period of three years or so, it developed that hundreds of people were killed on the Pine Ridge or nearby Rosebud reservations.  Most were traditionalists.

 

It was so bad that more people were being murdered on the two Sioux reservations (of 10-15 thousand people) than in the entire state of SD (of over 700,000 people).  This situation prompted the traditionalists to call in some American Indian Movement (AIM) persons for protection. 

 

While the FBI agents were unconcerned with the murders, they did get pepped up to investigate the thief of a pair of cowboy boots, allegedly stolen by one Jimmy Eagle.  They got a warrant and sent agents Koller and Williams to find him and arrest him.  On Jun 26, 1975, these two agents, in two different, unmarked, new sedans, followed a vehicle onto the Jumping Bull property where four traditional families lived. 

 

About a half a mile away from the Jumping Bull houses, a group of AIM people (men, women and children) were encamped in tents.  At least fifteen Indian men had rifles.  On entering the property, gunfire erupted.  Later witnesses said the feds started it.  But the feds claimed that the Indians started it.  In any case, one Indian man was shot dead and the two agents were initially wounded. 

 

The agents put in a radio call for all available assistance.  A third agent named Adams was nearby and immediately headed toward his downed two colleagues.  But before he arrived, the initial two agents were shot through the head and both killed.  Soon, an army of federal agents arrived and surrounded the whole area.  But the Indians with the guns got away. 

 

 

The FBI Goes to Work 

 

Washington assigned 250 FBI agents to the case to commence an extensive far flung investigation.  They found “4,000” pieces of alleged physical evidence at the scene (including hundreds of spent shell casings) and fingerprinted every object in the area in an attempt to precisely identify all of the Indians present. 

 

The feds concluded that three Indian members of AIM were the leaders at the campsite.  They obtained indictments and arrest warrants for these three--Nimo Butler, Bob Robideau and Leonard Peltier. 

 

Later that year, Robideau was arrested.  Still later, Butler was arrested in Wichita, KS, after his car caught fire there and literally exploded with some rifles, ammunition and explosives in the trunk.  The FBI concluded that the guns were the ones used at Pine Ridge.  However, they were so damaged that the FBI was unable to obtain any ballistic connections with the shell casings found at Pine Ridge. 

 

So Robideau and Butler were tried in Cedar Rapids, IA.  The fed position was that the two men were guilty by being present at the scene. 

 

While admitting being present and shooting their guns, the defendants claimed that they fired in self defense because of the presence of women and children.  They said that they didn’t know who were in the unidentified cars.  They also claimed that the cars had entered the area blazing away with guns, as was the goon tactic. 

 

The feds tried to build a case that AIM was a very dangerous group and that even the jury people could be in jeopardy.  The jury foreman later said that he was more afraid of the FBI than he was of the Indians.  In any case, the jury acquitted the two.  Meanwhile, Canadian authorities had arrested Leonard Peltier in Canada.  The US sought immediate extradition. 

 

To support the US claim, the FBI produced an affidavit from one Myrtle Poor Bear, claiming that she was present at the camp site and saw Peltier firing at the officers near the cars.  Her affidavit was furnished to Canada in order to extradite Peltier. 

 

 

New Tactics 

 

With the acquittals of Robideau and Butler, the US Attorney and FBI began an extensive in-house analysis to determine what went wrong in the first trial.  Per the Redford video, they decided that they could not just go into court and claim a person was guilty, with no proof, beyond his alleged presence in the area.  They concluded that for Peltier, they needed some physical evidence. 

 

All of a sudden, they produced two shell casings allegedly found in the opened trunk of one of the agent’s cars.  They then produced an FBI ballistics report saying that these two shell casings were shot by the fire damaged AR 15 gun owned by Pettier, as found in the burned-out car of Butler. 

 

Please understand that these shell casings did not represent the actual bullets which killed the agents.  Normally, in a murder case, the police practice is to get the bullets and run a ballistics test on them in order to establish that a certain gun fired and killed the victim or victims. 

 

Since the bullets were not recovered at the Jumping Bull site, the feds cooked up these shell casings (which logically should have proved little or nothing in an honest court).  They also found a couple of teen age boys who agreed to say that Peltier was up near the agents firing at them with his gun. 

 

One of the boys, named Brown, was 15 years old.  He would later repudiate his statement and claim that he was threatened with arrest and charge with murder if he would not agree to sign the affidavit falsely charging Peltier (Question--can a statement made under coercion and threats of harm be lawfully used in US courts?  Yes, they are obtained and used regularly by the feds). 

 

Not happy with the Cedar Rapids judge, the feds moved the Peltier trial to Fargo, ND--where they could find a new judge who would be more receptive to their wishes.  Peltier was convicted and given two consecutive life sentences (meaning that he could be free in 2035, at the earliest with parole).  But there was still more to this strange case. 

 

 

Skullduggery 

 

In later years, Peltier’s lawyers and friends began using the US freedom of information act to obtain some of the thousands of pages of FBI reports and files on the case. 

 

They could not obtain all of them--because, as is the normal fed position, the government quickly classify documents that its wants hidden with security classifications (which preclude the files from having to be released under the freedom of information law, as discussed earlier). 

 

It must be understood that information is given security-secrecy classifications (at the US federal level) not to necessarily hide information from foreigners in peace time, but to generally hide it from American citizens (as outlined previously).  This is the background not only on Oswald and the Kennedy assassination (mentioned earlier), but also on the Oklahoma City bombing and on and on. 

 

And as is always true, the feds deliberately hide information from accused people which complicates a defense.  In any case, some astounding things were found with a look at the FBI files (or at least, those that the FBI were willing to eventually release). 

 

The first discovery was not one, but three, all different affidavits of a mentally-retarded Myrtle Poor Bear (even the US Attorney admitted that Myrtle was mentally incompetent).  In one of the affidavits, Myrtle said that she was not even present at the site.  The next one, made a few days later, was exactly like its predecessor--except for one small change. 

 

The change was that Myrtle had said that she was present and that she had seen Peltier near the cars shooting at the agents.  Significantly, none of Myrtle’s fingerprints were found on any of the physical objects at the camp site or in the area.  No witnesses could be produced which substantiated her presence. 

 

Subsequently, Myrtle was to repudiate her last affidavit and claim that she made it because she was frightened and scared of the FBI agents who had intimidated and threatened her with jail if she didn’t cooperate by signing the different documents.  She was so terrified that she agreed to sign whatever papers which they told her to sign (this is a common fed tactic). 

 

 

More Skullduggery 

 

The next interesting thing surfacing was that the FBI claimed in court that the two killed agents were following Peltier in his red and white van.  Allegedly, the 15 year old boy Brown said that Peltier’s car was involved.  But again, this statement was made after the FBI coerced, intimidated and threatened the boy.  Later, the boy repudiated the statement and accused the FBI of the threats. 

 

Other witnesses said that the two agent’s cars were following a red pickup.  In fact, agent Adams made an oral report to a police dispatcher on reaching the area which said that a red pickup was at the scene and sped away with Adams watching.  This report became available from the freedom of information material.  Later, Adams would dispute this report. 

 

Another interesting document found was a ballistics report which said that none of the shell casings found at the sight could be matched to any of the seized guns because of their damages.  Yet, there was the reported finding of two shell cases which allegedly did match Peltier’s AR 15. 

 

This later file search noted that one FBI agent allegedly found the shell casings one day and another report said a different agent found them on a different day.  Confusion persisted on exactly where the shell casings came from.  Then there was the alleged ballistics report which completely contradicted the other FBI findings that no matches were possible. 

 

One Peltier lawyer echoed his opinion that the FBI had substituted a usable firing mechanism for the damaged one taken from Peltier’s gun.  With this change, the FBI ballistics people did a test and matched two of their own ejected cartridges to the Peltier gun.  If so, this whole exercise was predicated upon FBI fraud and deception. 

 

Anyway the pie is cut, the later evidence was most convincing that the FBI and US Attorney offices both used fraud, deceit and illegal and dishonest measures to build and create a case that would convict Peltier.  And it did.  As is often true, even the gullible juries are so hoodwinked and mesmerized by the lies and deceptions that they will believe almost anything. 

 

Hollywood’s Robert Redford became interested in the case and made the previously mentioned documentary film.  The purpose of his production was to try to create a backlash from the public which would raise up a cry for a new trial for Peltier.  It appears that Redford’s efforts failed. 

 

 

Yes, Lies and Deception 

 

The preceding comments have established that federal agents will tell any lie and go to any measure to try to deceive and mislead others on the facts in a given case.  They are especially notorious for lying and deceiving, if it is needed in order to protect their own selves or the work and activities of colleagues (this is called CYA in modern terminology). 

 

Perhaps this has been the motivation for Janet Reno and the US Department of Justice to go to extremes to cover-up the facts and truths about what happened at Waco.  Reno, under Slick Clinton’s supervision, went all out to lie and deceive the public about the role of the federal government in murdering the Davidians. 

 

This cover-up condition in the real world will be discussed in some detail in later chapters.  But for now, it must be acknowledged as being present and capable of interfering in the pursuit of justice and truth. 

 

One good example of the US Department of Justice’s lies and deceptions was discussed in prior chapters on how Reno and her people tried to put the lid on the feds’ use of dangerous pyrotechnic tear gas on the Davidians.  Because of the work of US prosecutor Bill Johnston, the cap on this deceit and dishonesty was blown. 

 

However, there is a price to pay when a subordinate employee in the US government decides to go against his boss who is lying and deceiving the public.  As outlined earlier, it appears that Johnston will have to pay the price because Big Brother is prosecuting him to the full extent of the law. 

 

 

The Wen Ho Lee Case 

 

Another good illustration of how deceptive and dishonest the feds can be surfaced in a January 8, 2000, news report on the Wen Ho Lee lawsuit against the US government.  Lee was a Chinese American accused in the Red Chinese espionage case at the US nuclear weapons laboratories (principally Los Alamos). 

 

This Chinese spying case broke in 1999--just after Clinton survived his Congressional impeachment.  Though Clinton had sold and turned over vast US defense secrets to the Chinese; apparently, the Chinese also chose to adopt an aggressive spying campaign during Clinton’s term to steal everything else possible to enhance their nuclear and missile technology and make it more effective in the coming WWIII. 

 

Several Chinese working for the US government were arrested and/or accused over the revelations of espionage at the laboratories.  Lee was one of several people, supposedly involved.  However, Lee consistently maintained his innocence.  So federal agents persuaded him to take a lie detector test. 

 

As the news report noted on Jan 8th, Lee actually scored well on the test (presumably suggesting that he was innocent, as he claimed).  Rather than acknowledge his apparent innocence, federal agents came to him with a plan of deception to try to entrap him into something.  They lied and told him that he did badly on the test (signifying that he lied). 

 

Apparently, Lee refused to accept their lies and distortions and proceeded to file a lawsuit against the US for allegedly damaging his name and firing him improperly.  In terms of the charges against Lee, they completely collapsed in mid Sep 2000 when a plea agreement was worked out; whereby, Lee pled guilty for mishandling classified information and the other more serious 58 charges were dropped. 

 

As Lee had already been held in solitary confinement for some nine months, the Judge released him and apologized for how the US government had abused and mistreated him. 

 

Whether Lee did anything wrong or not will probably never be known for sure.  Hopefully, some revelations may come out and be decided in the US courts in the context of his civil lawsuit.  But the point of this event is the willingness of federal agents to lie, deceive, harass, intimidate and threaten innocent people in order to try to force a confession from them. 

 

 

More on the Fed Tactics 

 

Actually, it is not unusual that federal agents lie and attempt to deceive people over lie detector tests.  In 1998, the US Navy gave a routine lie detector test to Petty Officer Daniel King, a crypto specialist.  The test was inconclusive. 

 

So officials lied to King and told him that he failed the test and that he was a Russian spy.  He denied the charges.  So the Navy held him illegally for a year plus thereafter, and questioned him often. 

 

Per an NPR news report on Mar 28, 2001, King was held in so-called safe houses where Big Brother would keep bright lights on 24 hours a day and subject him to loud, annoying music.  With the lights and music, he was not able to get any rest or sleep.  While in this state of daze, authorities questioned King daily over a 16 day period without a lawyer present--trying to make him break down and say something. 

 

Back in the 1970s, G. Gordon Liddy was sent to jail over his role in Watergate.  Liddy refused to testify and squeal on his colleagues in that undertaking.  In order to try to force him to talk, the feds routinely would keep him awake at night--by making him live 24 hours a day under a bright light.  They simply would not allow him to have a decent night of rest. 

 

 

Threaten, Torture and Execute Innocent People 

 

Big Brother uses these torture tactics routinely on suspects and even in many instances upon witnesses and by-standers who had nothing to do with violating any federal law--like with the sister of Tim McVeigh, who was questioned intensely over many days, while not allowing her any sleep or rest--as discussed in a prior chapter.  These evil torture tactics will now be proven in remarks to follow. 

 

The feds are notorious about arresting innocent women and children and threatening them to force some type of revelation/confession which can be used against a husband or father being prosecuted by Big Brother.  Examples of this dishonesty and treachery have included the just mentioned sister of Timothy McVeigh and the small children of Terry Nichols (also in the OC bombing case). 

 

It isn’t only that federal agents will lie and deceive in their investigations, but federal prosecutors will also employ the same tactics in court.  The federal government has an unlimited amount of money and resources to prosecute an accused person.  The accused has only a very small sum of money and usually no resources to try to investigate and prove facts one way or the other. 

 

When reality is added in that the government will not prosecute its own people for their lies, distortions, obstruction of justice, murder and so forth, it becomes evident that an accused enters the courtroom at a decided disadvantage.  Moreover, the judges and sometimes even the uninformed jurors tend to side with the government.  Justice can be hard to come by. 

 

Combine this reality with the fact that the US military and law enforcement people have begun using torture acts on suspects to gain information or extract confessions (since the Sep 11, 2001, terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, DC) and it spells out tyranny--right now (as discussed on the G. Gordon Liddy radio show on Nov 15, 2001, per the above comments). 

 

Now that the US is formerly torturing prisoners, it won’t be long before the same tactics are used against the general public routinely whenever desired (and against innocent women and children as well).  Then, torture can become an official part of the US justice system.  Politically incorrect people (who oppose the New World Order and its goals) face troubling days. 

 

While it is true that Bill Clinton and the Democrats are the most likely people to impose tyranny, one must note that George W. Bush and the Republicans are also capable of it and are actively doing it right now in 2001-2003 (as cited in the Prologue). 

 

 

More on US Torture of Prisoners 

 

As outlined elsewhere herein, the US, under GWB, adopted a policy of labeling and identifying prisoners captured in warfare (in the various countries which the US has invaded) as “detainees” (or terrorists and criminals) and not as prisoners of war subject to the Geneva Convention (which applies in civilized nations involved in warfare, as will be discussed in comments to follow below). 

 

By calling these prisoners detainees, terrorists and criminals, it allows the US to torture and murder them at will.  Actually, American torture on prisoners has been going on for years now (the above commentary noted the remarks of radio talk show host G. Gordon Liddy, who was imprisoned some thirty years ago over Watergate). 

 

As noted above, poor Liddy was held under a powerful light 24 hours a day to try to make him talk.  He was never allowed any rest or reprieve from the strong light (which can inflict enormous punishment and hurt upon a person, as is now known by modern medial science). 

 

While the US torture of prisoners has been going on for years, it’s just that the torture reality following 9-11 is now publicly admitted. 

 

Various news accounts mention making a victim of US torture live under bright lights for 24 hours a day (sometimes, with eyelids taped open); sleep deprivation from waking up a suspect every fifteen minus so that he cannot have sleep and rest; making a suspect live under powerful and ear piercing sounds for 24 hours a day (another favorite US torture tactic--used by the US against Noriega in Panama); making an accused stand up 24 hours a day (if he tries to sit down, he is prodded with a device to make him stand up); stripping a subject naked and making him live/stand on a layer of ice on a dirt floor; throwing cold, ice water on a naked detainee; making a naked subject lie spread eagled on the floor while interrogators placed chairs on his hands and feet; subjecting a target to various other forms of psychological manipulation (as happened with Tim McVeigh, the Montana freeman, the Davidians, and so forth); and other such evil and pathetic actions. 

 

 

More Brutal Methods 

 

There is also much evidence suggesting that US torture methods have intensified and increased in scope since the 9-11 incident in that US torture now seems to include more brutal and savage methods of hurt and punishment upon prisoners. 

 

This condition was brought out in a news report cited and discussed on the Rusty Humphreys radio talk show program on March 7, 2003.  This report addressed the death of two Afghanistanians who were so-called detainees in US custody in Afghanistan. 

 

Per this story (based on reports from US coroners), these two men died from wounds inflected upon them by Americans employing torture tactics in a physical, brutal methodology (at Bagram Air Base in Afghanistan).  One man actually died of a heart attack induced by physical torture methods which injured his heart and blood vessels.  The other man was killed from a beating with a hard object. 

 

One of the amazing fall outs of the torture story on the Rusty Humphreys radio talk show program was the huge number of American people calling in to say that they saw no problem with it.  Often, it seemed that American citizens were in favor of torture upon helpless prisoners.  Some idiots compared the torture of helpless prisoners to the work of terrorists to kill people with guns and bombs.   

 

This same subject of US torture of prisoners was discussed the same day (March 7, 2003) and the day before (March 6, 2003) on the Michael Savage radio talk show.  To his credit, Savage condemned the practice and said it put Americans on the same barbaric animal level as other nations in the world (which have more freely tortured prisoners at will). 

 

 

Suspects? 

 

The Mar 24, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 2) briefly addressed these two deaths in Afghanistan in a news report.  One of the murdered men (named Dilawar) was a 22-year-old farmer and part-time taxicab driver.  The AFR asked “What specific knowledge he had about al Qaeda and international terrorism remains unknown.” 

 

A later report in the Apr 23, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A6) said that the detainees in Cuba included some teenage children, aged 13-15.  This story by Richard Serrano noted that the US authorities are trying to sort out what intelligence value these children might have (that is, after they have now been held and tortured for over 15 months). 

 

Another late report came out in the May 19, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 11) on the US release of Mohammed Hagi Fiz from its Guantanamo prison housing detainees from the various US wars against other nations.  Fiz was held for eight months before US authorities determined that he had no information of value.  The very elderly Fiz (who is reportedly 105 years old) was arrested by the US at a medical clinic in Kabul. 

 

 

And More US Torture 

 

“The Week” (p. 2) of Feb 15, 2002, had an AP news report from Afghanistan on the reported torture of Afghanistanians by the US military.  Reportedly, some Afghan villagers told reporters that US soldiers mistook them for terrorists and beat and kicked them while they were held by US authorities in prison for two weeks. 

 

Moreover, the Dec 28, 2002, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A3) had a “Washington Post” article from Alan Cooperman on “Tactics used on al Qaeda detainees criticized.”  The focus of this story was on detainees in Afghanistan as determined by the Human Rights Watch group of New York City. 

 

This group said that the CIA’s method of interrogation of detainees could constitute torture and result in the prosecution of US officials in courts around the world.  The US keeps prisoners standing or kneeling for hours while hooded or wearing spray-painted goggles, holding prisoners in “awkward, painful positions,” and depriving them of sleep with a 24-hour bombardment of lights. 

 

The Mar 15, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A2) had an AP story by Kathy Gannon on “Mideast prisoners allege humiliation, abuse by U.S. troops” described many of the above cited methods of US torture on prisoners captured in Afghanistan.  The US military authorities claimed that some of the charges were either bogus or partial truths. 

 

Actually, an admission of partial truths by US authorities proves conclusively that some torture tactics are being used on US prisoners of war (which the US calls detainees).  Once the admission is made, it only devolves to a question of precisely what tactics are being used. 

 

Gannon’s story was predicated upon statements made by two different Afghanistanians named Rahman and Oayyum who were separately interviewed by human rights people (but who both told similar stories of torture and mistreatment).  Rahman said that he was handcuffed for 20 straight days.  He was held for two months and five days and not allowed to speak to any other person (except interrogators). 

 

Actually, Amnesty International and various human rights activists and groups have been following these US torture tactics and have publicized some of them extensively.  Since much of this stuff takes place behind closed doors, it is hard to gather information on the US work.  But some persistent efforts by these activists have paid off somewhat. 

 

 

And Now, Iraqi “Detainees” 

 

Just like captured Afghanistanian prisoners have been tortured and murdered by US authorities, the same thing seems to be underway with the prisoners captured in Iraq.  The May 17, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A2) had an AP report that Amnesty International is investigating claims that British and American troops have been torturing prisoners with nighttime beatings and by electric shocks. 

 

Some twenty “detainees” have reported that they were kicked and beaten while undergoing interrogation.  Amnesty said that when people are beaten for the whole night (while blindfolded or hooded), and bleed from knocked out teeth, it is definitely torture. 

 

 

Even Israelis 

 

The situation with five Israelis detained in New Jersey after the Sep 11, 2001, attack will be described in a later chapter (which will address the 9-11 attacks in detail).  While these Israelis perhaps were not involved in the 9/11 attack, it is interesting that US authorities treated them as being part of the gang of terrorists from the very point of their arrest in 2001 (“Forward,” Nov 23, 2002, p. 5). 

 

These five were all subjected to some of the new Bush methods of torturing and abusing prisoners.  After an intense effort by the Israeli consulate, the five were eventually released, following their imprisonment for over ten weeks. 

 

With their release, the Israelis claimed that guards had beaten them, that they were injected twice with something mysterious, that they were blindfolded and forced to take lie detector tests, and that they were denied tooth brushes, toilet paper and other necessities. 

 

In the 2003 US-Iraq war, the US Army expelled two Israeli journalists from Iraq for being spies for Israel.  The two men, Boaz Bismuth and Dan Scemama, said that they were tortured for 72 hours--denying them food and water and making them stand overnight in the cold (Apr 14, 2003, “American Free Press,” p. 2). 

 

 

More on Prisoners of War 

 

As briefly allowed above, under the terms of the Geneva Convention, captured prisoners in warfare are to be called and treated humanely as “prisoners of war.”  They are entitled to certain basic rights.  If they do something wrong, they can be court-martialed, per the US Uniform Code of Military Justice (which is also the same standard for trial of US military people when they are court-martialed for criminal acts). 

 

But the Bush Administration has been careful to never refer to the Muslims as prisoners of war.  If they were so labeled, they would be eligible for trial by court marital with a defense attorney, some rules of evidence and legitimate oversight.  However, as detainees and suspected terrorists, they can be summarily tried and shot with no evidence or oversight.  Even if they are only “suspects,” they still can be shot. 

 

In the various US military adventures initialed by the plutocrats during the last 100 years, the US military has insisted that its captured people be called prisoners of war and subject to the Geneva Convention. 

 

Article 4 of the Geneva Convention defines prisoners of war as members of the armed forces in a conflict, members of other militia and volunteer corps, members of regular armed forces who profess allegiance to a government or an authority not recognized by the Detaining Power, and inhabitants of a non-occupied territory, who on approach of an enemy, spontaneously take up arms to resist the invading force.” 

 

Moreover, Article 3 of the convention provides that members of armed forces who have laid down their arms and those placed hors de combat (disabled) by sickness, wounds, detention, or any other cause, shall in all circumstances be treated humanely” (Oct 21, 2002, “American Free Press,” p. 5). 

 

The Bush people claim that none of these rules apply in their wars against the Muslims and ostensibly other powers and peoples in the present age.  Yet, in the Balkans and the 2003 Iraqi conflict, the US authorities screamed and hollered at the very idea that captured US military people might be tried for war crimes (they were not so tried, but were treated as prisoners of war). 

 

When the US demands that her people captured by the enemy in one of the US wars against others be handled as prisoners of war under the Geneva Convention, but yet denies this classification for prisoners captured by the invading US forces, what is the explanation?  Is this being hypocritical or what? 

 

 

Still More Bush Initiatives 

 

Besides the new policy of torturing people, GWB signed an executive order on Nov 13, 2001, allowing the US military to arrest, try and execute non-US citizens of suspected terrorism, evidently anywhere in the world (via a military martial-law tribunal, using secret evidence and without any civilian review or oversight). 

 

Later Bush expanded these powers to take in anyone--including US citizens by labeling them enemy combatants.  A least two US citizens and one more person residing in the US were arrested under this “enemy combatant” label (as will be described in subsequent chapters). 

 

This means that the US government can arbitrarily arrest anyone and detain them indefinitely without them seeing a lawyer, appearing in a courtroom, having a trial, or any recourse to justice.  These detainees can be held indefinitely and presumably can be and will be tortured and murdered from time to time, however the US chooses. 

 

By late November 2001, some 1,200 people (including some US citizens) had been arrested and were being detained incommunicado--without a lawyer, without an appearance before a US court and without benefit of habeas corpus (in mid 2003, many of these people were still in detainment and still being held incommunicado). 

 

Maybe these dictatorial and tyrannical actions in the US were the reason that the plutocrats allowed Bush to be elected!  This stuff would have been more difficult for a Democrat.  But a so-called “conservative” Republican has more easily implemented it.  Just imagine how these tyrannical laws can be used by the Clintons (if Hillary becomes president or vice-president, with Bill as her assistant). 

 

The Dec 3, 2001, “American Free Press” paper (p. 3) commented upon these 1,200 detainees, who are being held in secret and incommunicado.  Reportedly, some of them have died under mysterious circumstances, amid rumors which continue to fly that they were tortured to death. 

 

So far, there has been no evidence surfacing which connects any of these 1,200 prisoners with the Sep 11th attacks.  But this fact has not held the US back in capturing and detaining them. 

 

Professor Francis A. Boyce, professor of international law at the University of Illinois, suggested that the new police state laws are a coup d’etat against the US Constitution.  Boyce then asked-- “when will these new police state powers be turned against American citizens?”  As he said:  “Clearly, that will be the next step” (ibid, p. 1, 3). 

 

 

Homeland Security 

 

The Feb 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 3) had a report on the recently organized Homeland Security effort.  The Sentinel said that the Pentagon will create a new domestic command with direct jurisdiction over civilians (similar to present US commands in Europe, the Middle East, the Pacific and South Asia). 

 

The task of this command will be to equip, train and standardize local police departments as a part of a larger paramilitary federal police force. 

 

In 2002, as a result of the so-called 9-11 terrorist attacks, a whole host of new laws and infringements upon liberty occurred (in measures like the USA Patriots Act, the Homeland Security Department and the Total Information Awareness Program).  These tyrannical measures will be discussed in some detail in later chapters dealing with the after-effects of 9/11. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 389--Christian Police State Tactics III

 

 

Dick and Bill As Well 

 

Government skullduggery with John F. Kennedy was covered in prior chapters.  Tricky Dick Nixon was briefly mentioned heretofore.  Richard Nixon was concerned about leaks from his offices.  So he organized an illegal “plumbers” operation to ostensibly fix the leaks (with the formerly mentioned E. Howard Hunt). 

 

Without Nixon’s obvious knowledge and participation, these plumbers got caught in a petty burglary operation at the Democrat headquarters in the Watergate apartments.  Rather than deal with it as a criminal act by criminals, Nixon undertook a cover-up maneuver to try to contain it and hide the White House involvement from the public. 

 

But Dick had made some enemies among the fat cat Amalek-Edomite Jew bankers.  Thus, they apparently prevailed upon their media colleagues at the “Washington Post” to go to work on Nixon until he was effectively crushed. 

 

Because of the “Washington Post” and other portions of the controlled media, Nixon never had a chance.  They literally destroyed him.  This is not to say that he should not have been destroyed.  He was a liar and a crook and should have been impeached by the US Congress--as they were preparing to do.  But the point is that he used the power of the presidency to try to hide and cover-up a crime. 

 

Previous dissertations on Slick Clinton were on the same order, except that his obstruction of justice and cover-up actions involved his own misconduct and deeds and not those of others.  This man was assuredly the worst and most vile and corrupt president in American history and far worse than Nixon ever was. 

 

Slick is a man of no integrity, honesty or character.  His whole life is one of deceit and wickedness.  In many ways, crooks like John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson and Richard Nixon were all men of virtue--in comparison with Clinton. 

 

Not only did Slick employ the powers of the presidency to hide and cover-up his own wickedness, but he utilized the rest of the federal government as well.  For example, just as Nixon used to use the IRS to audit his enemies, Slick did the same thing.  Of all people, poor Paula Jones was audited, as elsewhere noted herein (as well as Juanita Broaddrick, Gennifer Flowers, Elizabeth Gracen, Billy Dale and others). 

 

Attorney General Janet Reno was an obvious colleague and accomplice in Slick’s cover-up and deceit operations, in association with his illegal transfer of US technology, given to China in exchange for campaign contributions.  Reno stone-walled and obstructed any efforts to have an independent investigation of this matter from day one.  She protected him at all cost. 

 

 

Clinton’s Crimes Continued 

 

Just as strange and mysterious deaths occurred in Arkansas with people associated with Slick, the strange deaths continued after he moved into the White House, as previously described.  The Attorney General and officials in all US departments and at all levels of government should be investigating these deaths.  But no, not so!  Almost everyone was committed to protecting Bill Clinton, whenever and however possible. 

 

By bringing up the deceitful and dishonest acts of people like Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, Bill Clinton, Bobby Kennedy, Janet Reno, Earl Warren, etc (in the preceding chapters), a point must be made on how they can so often successfully pull these criminal acts off without detection and a public outcry. 

 

While it is true that the controlled media can be counted upon as a cover-up ally if the interests of the plutocrats are involved, there is the cover-up option in the guise of security and national defense, mentioned previously.  This option will be assessed in more detail in later remarks. 

 

 

Obstruction of Justice, Revisited 

 

The defense problem of innocent people is compounded because the feds sometimes destroy much of the evidence at the scene of the crime, as mentioned earlier.  At a first glance, one would suppose that such an extraordinary act makes no sense at all.  So, why do they engage in this “obstruction of justice”? 

 

Different explanations seem to surface.  But apparently, one of the largest motivational reasons for the destruction of evidence is to cover-up any illegal acts which the feds may have been engaged in.  Thus, if they accidentally shot one of their own agents, that fact will never come out because of the cover-up. 

 

Since they must have an explanation for what all happened, they easily charge one of the survivors with the death and prosecute on that premise.  Too often, truth and justice are thrown out the window.  Although the truth about the death of Randy Weaver’s son eventually came out, they attempted to even blame Weaver for it. 

 

As broached in prior chapters, there seems to be several other more subtle reasons which motivate and encourage federal agents, officials, etc to undertake cover-up and obstruction of justice actions, rather than be persons of honor and integrity.  Because these motivations can be so powerful and persuasive, innocent people must be extremely careful in dealing with so-called law enforcement people. 

 

It is manifestly true that all government employees at all levels are subject to personal arrogance, over-reaching their authority, making mistakes, violating laws and sometimes exhibiting incompetence and poor judgment, as outlined in prior comments. 

 

 

What Can Happen 

 

Of course, most persons will generally respond as other humans/humanoids in the flesh react--by trying to lie, deceive, shift the blame and cover-up their mistakes or their fraudulent and illegal acts.  The previously discussed case involving US prosecutor Bill Johnston in Texas has been covered. 

 

Obviously, the Bill Johnston case illustrates what can happen when a subordinate employee chooses to cross a superior who is covering-up a major mistake or violation of law. 

 

Instead of using the US Department of Justice to prosecute President Slick Clinton or Attorney General Reno, the US Department of Justice proceeded to prosecute peon Bill Johnston for daring to speak out about the illegal acts of Reno and the Clintons.  This is always one of the dangers when a person chooses to reveal the dishonesty and skullduggery of a superior official. 

 

The superior may use his or her powers of office to persecute and crush the dissident where possible.  Tragically, the American people were so mesmerized and zombiized (and filled with vain idolatry over their many idols, pleasures and entertainment) that they cared less what Slick or Janet did to persecute and oppress dissidents who dared to speak out and blow the whistle. 

 

 

More Cover-Up Possibilities 

 

One must remember that in the eyes of the loving, kind, compassionate, Christian, American people, the villain in the Slick Clinton-Monica Lewinsky sodomy scandal was not Slick or Monica.  The villain was Linda Tripp, who revealed what was going on (and Slick eventually fired her from her job). 

 

The people loved the scoundrel Slick and did not want to know what was going on.  They loved the lies, deception and immorality that Slick had brought into the US White House.  Like the Apostle Shaul wrote long ago, the people like to have their ears tickled with lies and deception (II Tim 4:3-4). 

 

As poor Linda Tripp found out, she should have kept her mouth shut and let the evil Slick continue on with his depravity.  After all, he was President of the United States and was in a position to later retaliate and hurt her.  The people elected him and were quite happy with him (as consistently proven).  They always had the option of demanding that he be removed from office.  However, they rejected this course.  

 

But while individual people will try to cover-up their own mistakes, commit perjury and obstruct justice themselves, few are willing to pursue those options in conspiratorial actions with others. 

 

Once other people gain knowledge of an illegal act, they will not always join in the cover-up and obstruct justice mode (although some agents will go out of their way to try to protect a colleague--like FBI agents Gemberling and Kesler, mentioned formerly).  Of course, Bill Johnston was an official who refused to participate in the Reno led cover-up. 

 

 

Crooked Agents 

 

Also, there are crooks out in the world who become federal agents and state and local policemen.  Probably, there aren’t huge numbers of crooked cops and federal agents.  But some of them are out there--carefully looking for opportunities to seize for personal gain (i.e. drug enforcement people who steal the confiscated drugs).   

 

It is certainly these people who lie, steal, cheat and fraudulently and illegally abuse the public which they are supposed to be serving.  As is true with individuals who make honest and/or stupid mistakes and resort to obstruction of justice and cover-up actions to avoid detection, crooked cops pursue the same tactics. 

 

A good illustration of this corruption occurred in the FBI in 1999 when FBI Special Agent John J. Connolly Jr (and other high level members of an FBI Organized Crime Unit) was arrested and arraigned on charges of criminal collusion with a notorious Boston organized crime syndicate. 

 

Allegedly, Connolly was involved with his boss and other senior FBI officials who operated in a conspiracy to allow the Mob free reign to extort, loan shark, rob and murder with impunity, under the protection of key FBI people (Jan 3 & 10, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 9). 

 

The Connolly trial opened in Boston in May 2002.  Connolly is accused of spending 20 years snuggling up to mobsters and taking pay offs from them for his favors (May 27, 2002, ”American Free Press,” p. 12).  Accusations against him include a charge that he leaked information (evidently inside FBI information) to the Mob which led to the murder of three persons (ibid, p. 12). 

 

Another fascinating report came from the US General Accounting Office (GAO) on one of their audits of the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA).  GAO says that some 28% of seized drugs by the DEA for use as evidence in court cases has mysteriously disappeared from federal laboratories in Dallas, Miami, New York and San Diego (Jan 3 & 10, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 2). 

 

 

Order Takers 

 

There is a third category of persons who will willingly undertake obstruction of justice and cover-up actions.  This option addresses employees in general who simply are robots that will obey orders of superiors without question.  This is one of the complaints leveled against many Nazi officials--in that they obeyed orders without question. 

 

In a sense, the willingness to obey orders from superiors constitutes a type of bribery or pay-off, in contrast to disobedience which brings enormous punishment and chastisement with no help or friends from any other sources.  Almost without exception, government people obey (as true in Nazi Germany and in the modern US).  Many people involved in the JFK cover-up were only obeying orders. 

 

Probably, this “obedience of orders” syndrome is the prime problem in cover-up, fraud and obstruction of justice by law enforcement people.  Assuredly, this has to be the explanation for the enormous cover-up of the JFK conspiracy and murder by numbers of federal agents and officials. 

 

Why do people take orders, even when they may morally question the action that they are involved in?  There is an old saying--don’t rock the boat; or otherwise, don’t get involved, if one is a witness to something.  The reason is that the contemporary American, Christian, sun worship culture seems to more often pursue injustice and lies, rather than truth and justice. 

 

People disobeying orders can expect the wrath of senior officials.  And when those senior officials are in the Office of the President, there is no help or hope from even so-called disinterested third parties.  The president has access to the “full resources and powers” of government, plus unlimited money to pursue his options.  Any person trying to block his wishes can be in trouble. 

 

Consequently, it is always far easier to simply obey orders, rather than attempt to question them or disobey them.  Furthermore, there are often personal benefits to be obtained by simply obeying the orders or wishes of senior officials.  It manifestly helps in later promotions and job opportunities within government services. 

 

Most cast-off girl friends from Slick Clinton are in a very little bargaining position to try to oppose him or expose his deceitful and wicked actions.  That’s why most of them willingly have accepted the normal Clinton payoff for cast-off girl friends. 

 

They are given very high paying jobs elsewhere in government.  If they don’t like government work, Slick can and will arrange a suitable high paying job in private business with one of his colleagues.  Most gladly accept this bribery and keep their mouths shut (otherwise, they could be dead). 

 

 

Still More 

 

Moreover, supervisors trapped in illegal or improper actions or seizing an opportunity for personal gain will sometimes act in desperation by issuing orders to subordinates to lie, deceive, obstruct justice or effect cover-up solutions.

 

This appears to be what Bobby Kennedy and many other persons in authority in Washington did on the JFK murder and with FBI officials who tried to lie and cover-up the Weaver, Kahl and Waco murders.  The former chapter on the death of Kennedy described the power that Amalek-Edomite bankers/masters have over most Amalekites--wherever they work in the Western, Christian, sun worship civilization. 

 

Assuredly, these people genetically have no loyalty, love or support for anyone, outside the Amalekite cause.  They, of course, will lie, cover-up and obstruct justice to pursue the Satanic objectives of the Amalekite bankers/masters, to be later assessed in some detail. 

 

In the generic sense, people engaged in a cover-up try to be extremely careful about letting other people know of their illegal acts.  Policemen will sometimes share information with a partner, but that’s about the most they will do.  Once two or more people know a secret, it’s hard to contain it. 

 

The way officials with the federal government address this problem is that they classify their actions with security classifications (like Secret or Top Secret), as outlined in previous comments. 

 

Government employees are hesitant about releasing classified information because they can later be prosecuted and go to jail.  Thus, it is always far easier to go along with a cover-up, rather than rock the boat and be punished. 

 

A final note on the cover-up question must be added.  It is true that the modern, Christian, sun worship government in the US and indeed in most other countries have given enormous and virtually unquestioned authority to their chief executives.  But in America, there is a thing called congressional oversight and the power of Congress to impeach and remove officials (as will be elaborated upon in a later chapter). 

 

If Congress would do its job and impeach and remove presidents and judicial and executive personnel who act wrongly, the word would get out and presidents would start toeing the line closer to truth and justice.  But since Congress will not do its job, presidents know and understand that they can get away with murder. 

 

 

The Dilemma of Opposing the Powerful 

 

Most subordinate employees will tend to go along with superiors and not rock the boat.  It is a rare individual who will demonstrate the courage and integrity to speak out against the crooked activities of superiors.  The case of Bill Johnston and the Reno led cover-up over the murder of the Davidians has been discussed above and in former chapters. 

 

Suffice to say, Bill Johnston’s dilemma (of being indicted, prosecuted and tried for daring to blow the whistle on Janet Reno’s cover-up work on Waco) reveals what can happen if a person does refuse to take orders; and in Johnston’s case, actually go on to publicly reveal the dishonest efforts of a superior.  Johnston will pay the price before the feds are through with him. 

 

The case of Linda Tripp has been elaborated upon in some detail in former chapters and need not be repeated here.  Manifestly, Linda Tripp’s tragedy demonstrates what can happen when a person goes against a boss in power. 

 

 

“Susanna and the Elders” 

 

This whole discussion brings to mind the story of “Susanna and the Elders,” an apocryphal work which was added to the book of Daniel in ancient versions (“Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 15, p. 532).  This classic writing demonstrates the dilemma which a person of integrity can face when confronted with workers of evil in positions of power. 

 

Susanna was the beautiful, virtuous, young wife of a prosperous Jew of Babylon, named Joakim.  One day, while alone in her husband’s private and isolated garden, she decided to take a bath and unrobed.  Unbeknown to her, two of the local big shot religious authorities were also in the garden, spying upon her while she was bathing. 

 

The big shot religious leaders became so carried away with lust and desire that they accosted her and demanded sex.  They threatened to tell lies against her and her virtue if she did not submit to them.  She knew that if she was brought before the authorities that it would be her word against their words.  Since they were the respected, big shot leaders, she also knew that her word would not amount to much.   

 

She knew that if she refused their demands, she would be at their mercy.  So she made her decision.  She concluded that it would be better for her to be at their mercy, than to sin against YHWH (Daniel and Susanna 1:23).  Therefore, she refused their advances.  And naturally, they went before the authorities and falsely charged her with adultery. 

 

As this incident worked out, righteousness ultimately prevailed when Susanna was tried by the authorities.  When the two accusing elders were trapped in their testimony about the event, by Daniel, the provisions of the Torah were followed and they were appropriately executed (Deut 19:18-19). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 390--Christian Police State Tactics IV

 

 

Historic American Police Power 

 

The formerly mentioned Jack McLamb notes that historically in America, policemen were called “peace makers,” whose job it was to protect and serve the public.  But now, with the new federal police power, policemen are called “enforcement officers,” whose job it is to enforce the laws, rules and dictatorial fiats coming out of Washington and local state houses. 

 

To be sure that these enforcement people are amply present throughout the modern American society, the powers that be have seen that the highways and byways are generally covered by these people en masse (in the context of local police, sheriff and state police patrols). 

 

And the latest innovation seems to be the federal law enforcement people are getting in on the act to help local governments raise money through traffic citations.  The Jan 21, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 19) had a reader’s letter from Andy Crow of Incline Village, Nevada which illustrated this new motion. 

 

It seems that Crow was driving in the San Francisco area when he was stopped by a US Park Service law enforcement officer.  The incident happened on a San Francisco street and not on federal property.  Crow was given a traffic citation by the Park Service policemen--to answer not in federal court in San Francisco; but rather, in the San Francisco Superior Court. 

 

Crow then asked if this means that the US government is using federal money to enforce local traffic laws?  Per its charge, the US Park Service police are responsible for providing law enforcement services--which include the investigation and detention of people committing suspected offenses against the United States.  Apparently now, these federal cops can now work local US areas. 

 

Actually, the evidence is massive that indeed the federal government is in the process of taking over local law enforcement activities by using the already established federal police power.  It has to be significant that at the 2002 Super Bowl and at the Winter Olympics in Salt Lake City in February 2002, the US Secret Service was given primary police authority.  Surely, this is a dangerous trend!   

 

 

Their Jobs 

 

The just noted US highway police officers actually have two jobs.  First, they are classic revenuers out to collect all of the money that they can from the public (correctly highwaymen).  This condition was mentioned earlier in connection with Washington state billionaire Bill Gates and his ability to beat a traffic ticket.  And second, they serve as “enforcers” of laws, as will be shortly discussed. 

 

With this focus on writing traffic citations to raise tax moneys, many Sheriff’s departments and police do not have time to investigate petty crimes.  Thus, if a person’s house is broken into or if a petty crook steals some blank checks and writes them fraudulently all over town to steal money, the local police will normally explain that they don’t have sufficient manpower to investigate these complaints. 

 

This writer had this thing happen in Spokane County, Washington.  As briefly noted in an earlier presentation, a burglar entered my car illegally in 1998 and stole some blank checks (which had been imprinted with my name and address).  He or she went all over Spokane and successfully passed the checks. 

 

Evidently, none of the stores involved asked for any ID (Who pays for these store losses?  Yes, the customers pay for them in higher prices). 

 

The crime was reported to the Sheriff’s office which was so busy that it didn’t have time to investigate the crime.  Yet, this writer regularly sees Sheriff’s cars patrolling all of the major highways in the area and writing traffic tickets.  Moreover, there is another twist to this question, since this writer lived in Spokane County for some time and was familiar with several of the local news events. 

 

The Spokane County, Washington officials authorized the just cited local Sheriff to hire two new deputies in early 1999 with the provision that they patrol the highways and write sufficient tickets to pay for their presence. Thus, law enforcement officers are sometimes specifically hired on the premise that they will write enough traffic tickets to pay for their salaries and benefits.  Hence, jobs are tied to traffic tickets. 

 

What law enforcement people and their apologists fail to point out is that policemen really do not have time to investigate most crimes which they consider to be in the petty class.  The reason is that much of their manpower is allocated to patrolling the highways and streets to raise money from traffic violations.   

 

Since they are revenuers and tax collectors, they cannot possibly have the time to focus on a crime, unless it is a highly profiled case dominating the news (for example, if a White person kills or assaults a Black, it is supposedly a hate crime which the Amalekite controlled media will headline and talk about extensively). 

 

 

Quotas? 

 

The Apr 16, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 2) had a news report which said that the police union has complained that the Los Angeles Police Department rewards or punishes officers, based on a quota system of tickets and arrests.  The complaint from the Los Angeles Police Protective League charges that the officers who produce large numbers of citations and arrests are given more time off. 

 

Union President Mitzi Grasso said that complaints about quotas have increased recently and that a board charting productivity at one police station stated that “your requests for days off will be based on your productivity.”  Conversely, LA Police Commander Sharon Pap said “It’s not true that quotas are imposed.”  

 

Incidentally, a news report in the Jul 24, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 2) said that Patrol Officer William Oertwig Jr., of the Miami-Dade Police Department, has refused, on principle, to issue traffic citations the past two years because he believes that his police powers should not be used to collect cash for Dade County and the state of Florida. 

 

Per Spotlight, “Oertwig told the ‘Miami New Times’ “When I took this job 25 years ago, I took it as a deputy sheriff to protect and defend not just the Constitution of the United States but the rights of the people.  I did not take the job of a revenue-producing agent.” 

 

Oertwig went on to say that that’s a detestable quota system (apparently, in reference to the Miami-Dade County situation).  Spotlight labeled the story a “Conscientious Cop.”  For sure, there aren’t many police around like Oertwig who are persons of principle. 

 

 

Reacting 

 

So, what should an innocent driver do while traveling the public roadways and when one of these patrol cars pulls up in back to check the driver out or whatever.  Well, the normal reaction is to “panic” and “fear” the policeman because one can be sure that he will check the driver out to see if something is wrong which will allow him to pull the car over for a traffic citation. 

 

 

Grainger Co, TN 

 

Some of these modern highwaymen are very creative and bold in how they pursue their primary job of raising money from the gullible public.  The Feb 7, 2000, “Spotlight” (p. 2) had a news report from Grainger County, Tennessee (which quoted the “Grainger County News” of Jan 15, 2000). 

 

The story said that the local Sheriff’s office and National Guard forces installed a “DUI checkpoint” for four hours on US highway 11W.  There were 12 arrests, two cars impounded and two “seizures of property.”  Under the new drug laws, law enforcement people can seize cars, hotels, motels, etc if they are linked in any way to drug crimes (discussed elsewhere herein). 

 

On the surface, it would seem that Grainger County, Tennessee has decided to take some real, bold steps in order to raise revenue.  Not only do they get to write traffic tickets for all kinds of things, but with property seizure laws, there is a substantial new source of income.  One must remember that the primary job of most local and state police is to act as highwaymen or revenuers. 

 

These modern revenuers, patrolling the roads and byways and looking for opportunities to collect money from the public, recall the situation in Second Temple days when tax collectors were some of the most hated people in the local culture. 

 

Do modern policemen or women patrolling highways have anything in common with the ancient tax collectors?  It is highly possible that there is a connection!  Certainly, both parties are religiously sun worshippers.  Both groups are passionately hated by the general public.  And both are classically in the business of taking money (taxes) from the people. 

 

 

Another Focus 

 

Despite this focus on raising revenues and tax collections (by writing traffic tickets), another important work of the patrol cars traveling the highways is, of course, overall law enforcement (and not necessarily just local traffic law enforcement, although such functions are obviously included). 

 

In truth, these traffic revenuers and tax collectors are increasingly busy focusing on the enforcement of other state and federal laws and trying to find persons at large who could be guilty of violating some federal or state law, rule or regulation.  With massive computer banks in operation (which are busy compiling data on people at large), there is always the chance of discovering a person guilty of something out on the roadways. 

 

A former chapter noted that by addressing an automobile tag and the new drivers’ licenses with its abundance of information, a policeman can run a complete background investigation on a driver or user of the public roads.  When police background investigations are conducted on the public at large (and especially, whenever policemen pull cars over), who knows what might turn up? 

 

Clearly, the effort on these operations is overall “law enforcement.”  In fact, on Aug 1, 2001, this writer saw a new sports utility van, traveling a paved road in Northeast Washington.  It appeared to be a police vehicle of some kind (complete with spotlights, sirens and distinctive coloring), as it approached my house. 

 

As it passed by me, the words “Law Enforcement” were visible from the sides and back.  Nothing else was present to link it to the local sheriff, the state police, the feds (i.e., the Border Patrol, the Forest Service Rangers, etc) or who the vehicle was owned by or represented.  Normally, police vehicles are properly identified, as to their ownership and police identity.  But not this one. 

 

 

More Efforts 

 

The “Spotlight” of Sep 4, 2000 (p. 2), had a news report from the FBI that cars carrying pro-gun or anti-government stickers can be dangerous when police stop them at a road check.  The article noted the fed position that such stickers are “proof of extremist beliefs.”  What this means is that very soon, Big Brother will start targeting automobiles which carry such messages. 

 

Some of these operations can be highly profitable--not only from the fines and court charges which can be imposed for traffic violations, but there is a move afoot to allow local patrolling police officers to seize automobiles of people guilty of certain alleged crimes and criminal operations.  As discussed elsewhere herein, this is already happening in cases of suspected drugs. 

 

Washington state now has an operation underway which allows patrol officers to call for a wrecker to come and seize automobiles which are being driven by persons with expired drivers’ licenses.  Spokane County has this operation currently underway in 2001.  Evidently, the present operation involves returning the impounded cars upon payment of certain fines and charges. 

 

But the die is cast that authorities will soon keep the impounded cars as confiscated property (like in the situation with accused drug violations).  Once this occurs, it will be highly profitable for policemen to patrol the highways in search of drivers with expired licenses (or something else) in order to confiscate their cars. 

 

 

More Possibilities 

 

Virtually all US states now have unjust buckle-up laws.  After all, the liberals believe that they have a right to ostensibly protect drivers from themselves.  These far reaching powers have reached new levels, as demonstrated in the Gail Atwater case.  Gail was stopped in March 1997 in Largo Vista, TX for driving without a seat belt.  She and her two kids did not have their belts on--because of trying to find a lost toy along the road.   

 

Though she was driving slowly, an aggressive cop stopped her over the seat belt issue and found that she did not have her drivers’ license and insurance papers with her.  So he ordered her out of the car, handcuffed her and took her to jail.  She launched a fourth amendment rights complaint--which eventually went to the US Supreme Court (May 11, 2001, “The Week,” p. 2). 

 

In May 2001, the Supreme Court ruled that the police did not violate her rights, because of unreasonable searches and seizures.  The decision says that police can now arrest and jail people for petty things which are only punishable by fines.  It means far more arrests for misdemeanors and random, fishing-expedition searches.   Surely, this result is a new encroachment upon individual rights. 

 

Per the Jul 2001 “American Sentinel” (p. 6), the establishment of traffic roadblocks was mandated in the 1994 crime bill that allowed federal authorities to have power over local police.  For instance, on Memorial Day of 2001, the feds directed 10,446 law enforcement agencies to establish road blocks to check for seat belt infractions (while ignoring tens of thousands of murders, rapes, robberies, etc annually). 

 

As the Sentinel noted, this experiment on seat belt violations proved that there is now a national roadblock system in place which can be deployed in minutes at the behest of Washington officials.  Obviously, if the nation can deploy this force over seat belts, it can deploy this same operation for any ostensible reason. 

 

 

Using Cameras 

 

Not only can a traveling patrolman spot a potential criminal and guilty party (of something), but the new federal efforts at using the federal gasoline tax to fund the installation of cameras and other spying devices (like computer scanners of drivers’ licenses or other chip implants) around the highways (as discussed in former chapters) offer enormous possibilities. 

 

These cameras (profile people on the basis of visible images which are computerized at federal and state levels, using the issued drivers’ licenses, as discussed earlier herein) and spying devices all tie into massive computers at the federal/state level to completely monitor the status and actions of all persons using the public highways.  Since this whole operation is on-line, communications are instantaneous. 

 

If someone does try to drive on a highway without a current drivers’ license or auto tag or if he has violated some other law, rule or regulation, he can be immediately spotted.  The data or arrest order can be pumped to local patrolmen who can pull him over and call out a wrecker to seize his car (while he personally is hauled off to jail).  

 

The bottom line on this theme is that modern “peace” officers are not involved in protecting and serving.  Their focus is on the enforcement of federal and state laws.  And in the case of local officers, many of them are tasked to be modern revenuers and tax collectors.  By all means, they are no longer friends of the public in the generic sense, as they once were. 

 

In commenting upon the above federal tactics, it should be pointed out that there might be some (at the most--a few) honest federal agents and local police who take to heart the need to serve and protect.  But there aren’t many like that. 

 

 

Police Sovereignty? 

 

There is another fall out of this discussion on police sovereignty within the United States.  In the early days, in America, there was no federal police power (as noted earlier).  Constitutionally, per the courts, the local, duly elected, county sheriff was the law enforcement authority within US counties.  But all of this has changed with the organization and distribution of the federal alphabet police all over America. 

 

However, this legal supremacy of the local county sheriff was recognized and recently upheld in a US District Court in 2000 in case No. 2:96-cv-099-J (Aug 7, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 2).  This court found that “Wyoming is a sovereign state and the duly elected sheriff of a county is the highest law enforcement official within a county and has law enforcement powers exceeding that of any other state or federal official.” 

 

At a press conference, Big Horn County Sheriff Dave Mattis added that “If a sheriff doesn’t want the feds in his county he has the constitutional power and right to keep them out or ask them to leave or retain them in custody.”  He went on to refer to acts of federal agents in unlawfully depriving citizens of their privacy, liberty and property. 

 

This Wyoming decision follows earlier precedents.  But at some in time, Big Brother will force this issue to the Supreme Court where there is a likelihood that the court will write new constitutional law (as it has been routinely doing for the past 70 years) to chart a new direction of recognizing the supremacy of federal agents (as was the attitude of former US Attorney General Janet Reno). 

 

It’s not to say that all feds are deceitful crooks.  But too many are and citizens need to pull their heads out of the sand and be aware of what all is going on in the 20th and 21st centuries since a federal police power was established (contrary to the US Constitution). 

 

If present federal agents (who are American citizens and products of this culture, just like the rest of Americans) will willingly shoot guns irresponsibly and carelessly and then try to cover up and deceive, is it not evident that when an alien UN Army takes control of this nation, real trouble will develop for the public at large. 

 

Foreign mercenaries will not be as considerate, careful and fair as some few federal agents are now in their dealings with citizens.  This matter of foreign soldiers oppressing US citizens in America is not as far fetched as it may first seem.  Later chapters will explore this possibility and particularly in the context of the ultimate judgment upon this nation by foreign powers for sin. 

 

 

“1984” and the Projected Future Police State

 

A man named Eric Blair was an interesting and successful English author who died in 1950 at the age of 47.  He was a Socialist in political ideology and thus most of his writings focused upon politics.  Assuredly, he had enormous insight and perception on the world of Socialism and what to expect from that philosophy in a future time frame. 

 

But probably, Blair’s greatest and best known work only gained fame after his premature death in 1950.  Here, reference is being made to the previously mentioned book “1984,” written by Blair (in 1948) under the pen name of George Orwell.  The essence of “1984” was a totalitarian, Big Brother government that ruled the state and even the most private aspects of human existence--the thoughts of its citizens. 

 

Behind the scenes of government, Blair saw “The Party,” lurking everywhere to impose its political wishes upon all of the people.  There were a number of front organizations which were designed to mislead and confuse the gullible masses in the dictatorship. 

 

Thus, there was the Ministry of Peace which was actually concerned with war; the Ministry of Love where emphases was upon torture; the Ministry of Plenty whose interests were on starvation; and the Ministry of Truth whose job it was to disseminate lies.  As Blair wrote it, the Party kept all of the poor, dumb, sheep people in line through the employment of psychological warfare tactics. 

 

 

The Thought Police 

 

This warfare on the people was conducted by two methods.  First, Big Brother’s Ministry of Truth had outright control of the news media which was exclusively used for propaganda and misinformation purposes.  And second, there was the prevailing threat of Big Brother’s Thought Police which held the population in terror and fear. 

 

The Thought Police was extraordinary because it monitored, surveyed and spied upon all of the actions and reactions of the state’s helpless subjects--to include their very private and personal thoughts.  Per Blair, all of the beliefs, habits, tastes and mental attitudes of this future time were designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of reality to be perceived by the people. 

 

Physical rebellion or any movement on the part of the people toward rebellion was not possible.  Nothing was to be feared from the proletarians.  They were to be present from generation to generation, working, breeding and dying--not only without any impulse of rebellion, but without the power of grasping that the world could be considerably different than it was.  

 

The people alive must live from birth to death under the watchful eye of the Thought Police.  Even when he is alone, a person can never be sure that he is alone.  Wherever he may be and in whatever circumstance he is in, the individual must understand that he can be inspected and checked out without him knowing that he is being inspected.  He has no freedom of choice for any personal directions at all. 

 

A Party member must not only have the right opinions, but the right instincts.  He must be so trained and mesmerized that he will always perform in a certain profile.  With the proper training in childhood and grouping itself round the Newspeak words--like crimestop, blackwhite and doublethink (words with two mutually contradictory meanings), a person cannot think too deeply on any subject whatsoever. 

 

The thrust of “1984” was a coming time of despair and hopelessness.  It was that so-called human beings would become soulless automatons or robots who were not even aware of what had happened or was happening to them.  Truly, they would become convinced that good was bad and that bad was good (just as the Scriptures predicted). 

 

So here we are in the year 2003.  And tragically, Eric Blair’s “1984” is now upon us in the context of the real world (and especially in America and the White British Commonwealth nations).  The book “1984” was incredibly prophetic of what was to happen in the future.  Blair manifestly had great perception and insight on the future.  His only shortfall was the dating.  He was too early by about 20 years. 

 

Today, instead of discussing Newspeak words of mutual contradictions and the Ministry of Truth (whose job it is to disseminate lies and deception), we have the likes of a former president whose nickname is “Slick.”  He and his cohorts turned the whole idea of media spin into an art of almost perfection. 

 

 

The Business-Government Partnership 

 

Previous comments herein have outlined the role of large businesses to join forces with government in the use of very sophisticated technology to use in the now developing US police state.  The Sep 2001 “American Sentinel” (p. 1-3) suggested that there are at least ten major trends now in motion in this collaboration of big business with big government. 

 

These ten are:  The state partnership with companies like Lockheed-Martin to install cameras and ticket speeding cars by mail (discussed earlier); the development and use of advanced facial recognition systems to monitor people in public; the marking of guns, ammunition, cash, etc at the request of government (Smith & Wesson is preparing to sell guns which cannot be fired without an advance “biometric” match check with the feds); the establishment of a national identification system to identify all people (Washington, DC is preparing a system to fingerprint and prepare facial recognition ID dossiers on children ages 2-14 [note, this effort is already underway in Pennsylvania, as discussed in a prior chapter]); the establishment of hundreds of federal data-base systems that tie together in the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network; the federal control of all medical information on people; a tracking system to monitor all sales over the Internet (to be sure that state sales taxes are paid); the Carnivore and Echelon programs monitoring all communications (discussed earlier); the employment of the US sophisticated spy technology against private US citizens; and the use of the Post Offices to watch and spy upon customers (the Eagle Eye program, cited earlier). 

 

As the Sep 2001 Sentinel noted, the government has trouble delivering the US mail.  Thus, how could she ever implement a police state?  The answer is that she will enter into partnerships with big businesses, capable of delivering and using sophisticated technology. 

 

 

More From DC 

 

In a follow-up on the Washington, DC program to use federal money to tag and track DC children, the Feb 2002 “American Sentinel” (p. 3) identified the program as “Destiny.”  It is being run by the DC Department of Motor Vehicles.  It will require children under age 16 to carry passbook high-tech identity cards embedded with vital statistics and parents’ personal data. 

 

As one of its pushers stated to the DC City Council, it will “keep track of all activity on a resident in one location...” and “interface with various agencies for added security.”  The Sentinel said that the DC system is being tested for national use. 

 

 

Computer Chip Implants 

 

Previous chapters herein outlined the very practical and feasible method of implanting a computer chip in a person’s body (like his arm or hand or perhaps even in his forehead).  There are two forces now driving this concept into rapid fruition--the danger of people using false identifications and the idea that a person with one of these chips is somehow an approved person. 

 

One of the fall-outs of 9-11 was the fact that some of the terrorists involved in the 9-11-2001 terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, DC used fake identification data while in the US.  Somehow, this condition went on to really upset parts of the American public in that crooks or terrorists can use false ID to transit America. 

 

Another related matter came up on Nov 25, 2002, when news surfaced showing that some 30,000 people had been victimized and millions of dollars stolen when crooks gained access to their social security numbers and assumed their identities in order to rip off credit institutions and businesses which did not correctly verify the status of their customers (Nov 26, 2002, Spokane “Spokesman-Review,” p. A1, A4). 

 

This problem of the contemporary impersonal society has been discussed in a prior chapter and there is no intent here to begin to discuss it.  Suffice to say, it is the real world out there and its presence opens the door to the theft of identities. 

 

Since crooks of all kinds can steal an identification card or manufacture a false one, the question must come up on how society can deal with that so-called problem and contain it or hopefully eliminate it.  The answer is fairly easy.  Planners and schemers will inevitably fall upon the idea of a personal identification chip which can be implanted in an individual. 

 

This chip will contain all necessary identifying data and (theoretically) cannot be falsified in any way to be used by crooks and terrorists.  Since such a chip can be read by scanners on earth or in satellites, the person can never hide from the watching eyes of Big Brother. 

 

If this chip is implanted at birth, it will accompany the person throughout life or until a revised and updated chip is implanted.  Who knows, maybe a person can have more than one chip implanted--one at birth, one when graduating from school, one when entering the work force, etc. 

 

Can the reader perceive how this chip reality will deal with the problem of so-called child kidnappings which are occurring regularly across America?  Rather than execute child kidnappers (as is the Scriptural proscription), society will implant chips in babies. 

 

Rather than conduct business on the basis of personal knowledge of customers, the chips will allow a continuation of a very impersonal business atmosphere.  Rather than close the open US borders and impose some control/monitoring on all entering aliens, a tyrannical chip process can be imposed on all Americans (both good and bad). 

 

And the list of potential uses of such implanted chips is far reaching and certainly appealing to government bureaucrats who need something to justify their jobs and employment. 

 

In the sense of a follow-up editorial note, it should be pointed out that in early 2004 the use of implanted chips took a giant step up.  For some time, some individual states have been using chips to track convicted pedophiles, as noted elsewhere herein. 

 

Now, the federal government itself has become involved under Bush to supply funding to selected US cities to implant chips in homeless people (per radio talk show host Rollye James).  There is no question about it, this process by Washington to provide funding to states and local jurisdictions to implant chips in people will only accelerate up.  Eventually, everybody will likely come under this program, for reasons to follow. 

 

 

Andy Rooney 

 

But there is still more to this implanted chip idea.  For this one, the well known commentator Andy Rooney can be cited. 

 

On the Feb 10, 2002, CBS “Sixty Minutes” program, Andy Rooney said:  “We need some system for permanently identifying safe people.  Most of us are never going to blow anything up and there’s got to be something better than one of these photo IDs... I wouldn’t mind having something planted permanently in my arm that would identify me” (Jul-Aug 2002 “Prophecy Club Newsletter,” p. 6). 

 

Rooney’s words bring to mind the very situation that is now falling into place on the so-called “Trusted Traveler” program, as outlined in a former chapter herein.  The idea is that a person can submit his life to a thorough government background check and be identified as a “Trusted Traveler.”  As a Trusted Traveler, a person would not be subject to any detailed examination or checking when traveling in the US. 

 

Of course, this Trusted Traveler program may start with some type of a picture ID card.  But at some point in time, the benefits of an implanted chip will surface.  After all, it might be possible to fraudulently prepare or obtain an ID card that would fool the system.  But an implanted chip will be far more difficult to fraudulently duplicate.  Too, the chip will allow detailed monitoring at all times (by satellites, cameras, etc). 

 

Anyway, the point was raised that the use of the Trusted Traveler idea automatically opens the door to profiling American people into two categories--trusted travelers and non-trusted travelers (as cited earlier).  Trusted Travelers will be automatically cleared without any problems.  Everyone else (who are not Trusted Travelers) will be subjected to very detailed checking and can only travel with state approval. 

 

This designation of a Trusted Traveler will likely also link in with what is contained in a person’s Total Information Awareness file maintained in the Pentagon (as discussed elsewhere herein).  Already, the Office of Homeland Security is to check a traveler’s file before he is to be allowed to board a flight (May 2003 “Radio Liberty” newsletter, p. 7).  As a minimum, a person’s file will soon determine whether he can travel or not. 

 

 

More on the Chips 

 

Carrying this process forward, one can arrive at the place that Andy Rooney envisioned with state approved “safe” people who have some type of an implanted identifying chip.  Of course, the “safe” people designation will be limited to those persons who have the proper religious, social and cultural beliefs in support of the state approved gods.  They will be politically correct in every sense of the word. 

 

With their implanted chips, Big Brother will be able to continuously monitor their every movement, spoken word and activity (by satellites, earth cameras, listening devices and so forth).  As long as they conduct themselves properly (per the state approved system), they will maintain their “safe” designation and be allowed to live and work for the state or one of its giant corporations. 

 

Naturally, the goal will be for all people to conform to the state definition of “safe.”  In that sense, surely the ultimate objective is for all so-called human beings to eventually be approved as “safe.”  But until the whole society can be motivated, instructed and forced to comply with state thinking, there will be some non-conformists who are “not safe.”  These unsafe people can quickly be arrested and imprisoned or murdered. 

 

But there can be some adverse fall-out from the use of these implanted chips.  In his video on “The Conspiracy of 9/11,” analyst David Wegener notes two potential problems.  First, these chips can identify approved people who can buy and sell goods on the open market.  As David notes, the religious person should never take anything which he must have in order to buy and sell. 

 

Therefore, there might be some religious people who will refuse these chips.  Society will have to find a way to force people to take the chips (of course, once the chips are linked to buying, eating and existing, most persons will gladly take them).  Of course, non-complying people can be arrested, imprisoned and ultimately murdered.  So, between starvation and imprisonment and murder, most of the people will comply. 

 

The second feature, per Wegener, is that these chips currently use tiny lithium icon batteries which can be very dangerous.  If the chips should pop open at any point in time, the lithium would cause an enormous sore on the body where they are implanted.  

 

This whole issue seems to be described in Revelation 16:2 when sores come upon the people who have the mark of the Beast.  Therefore, what would happen to these persons with these chips if The MOST HIGH should one day pop the chips? 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 391--Destroying Political Enemies

 

 

The James Traficant Case 

 

Along with the Amalekite directed several assassinations and murders in America and the wipe out of Richard Nixon (cited in the preceding chapters), there are some more peculiar cases which need mention here in this chapter. 

 

The first one concerns US Congressman James Traficant of Ohio and his strange story.  Traficant has been mentioned in previous chapters herein.  His fall at the hands of the US government was briefly noted in relation to the murder of John F Kennedy. 

 

James Traficant was a long time Democrat Congressman from a very labor oriented district in Southern Ohio.  While Traficant was never a friend of the pro business Republican Party, he also was no friend of the Amalekite controlled Democrat Party. 

 

The Congressman was a true American populist who willingly and unhesitantly criticized both major parties for their gross shortcomings and evil against America.  His willingness to speak out and call a spade a spade put him in hot water with both major parties; and of course, with the controlled national media which is a part of the cover-up of truth in the United States. 

 

But like Senator William Fullbright of Arkansas and a few other people in Congress, Traficant began to speak out against the (Amalekite) Jewish lobby that rules supreme in the US Congress and in the US Department of Justice. 

 

 

The Vendetta 

 

In the previously quoted April 15, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 12), Michael Collins Piper (in an article on “Traficant Victim of FBI Vendetta”) said that James Traficant was the acknowledged enemy of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith and other Israeli lobby groups.  Obviously, with this many big guns against him, James could not last long. 

 

Sure enough, the US Justice Department began an intensive investigation into the life of Traficant to see if there wasn’t some basis to arrest and try him for something.  The FBI then began its investigation along the same line that it investigated the John F. Kennedy killing and other manipulated and controlled investigations.  

 

In his “American Free Press” story (ibid, p. 12), Piper noted the case of a woman named Sandy Ferrente who the FBI pursued in a game of intrigue and deception to obtain false testimony from her which could be used against Traficant.  The FBI led her to believe that the Congressman was plotting to have her murdered. 

 

Miss Ferrente became so frightened of James Traficant that she went into a grand jury hearing and actually told lies to have him charged on a rift of racketeering charges.  She later said that she “was used” by the FBI.  She apologized to Traficant for the hurt she put on him and offered to testify on his behalf.  

 

In any case, the FBI used coercion and other strong arm tactics to get an indictment from a federal grand jury alleging that Traficant was guilty of corruption and racketeering (for allegedly taking a $2,500 bribe--which is almost nothing compared to the vast bribes and pay offs made to most of America’s political leaders.  Certainly, $2,500 is a joke to Slick Clinton who accepted bribes in the millions of dollars). 

 

In preparing for trial, the US Justice Department transferred the Traficant trial from the home district of the popular Congressman to Cleveland where he was railroaded and found guilty by a manipulated court and jury. 

 

 

More on the Nesher Network 

 

In this same April 15, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 14), Piper went on to make a real revelation in a second fascinating article.  This one on “Did ‘Nesher’ Nail Traficant?” mentioned the primary reason that the US Department of Justice went after Traficant with such an obsessive vendetta. 

 

As briefly touched upon in the earlier discussion on Traficant, Michael Collins Piper noted that the Justice Department and other key US departments are heavily infiltrated in their key posts by a group of shadowy persons operating in an inside clique to benefit the state of Israel (while Piper interprets this clique in this fashion, the better option is that it is a clique organized and operated for the benefit of the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters, ruling supreme in the United States--ed). 

 

Per the earlier presentation on the murder of John F. Kennedy, this clique, per Piper, is named the “Nesher” group (nesher is Hebrew for eagle). 

 

Apparently, this inside clique (operating within the US government) was first revealed by a journalist named Andrew St. George several years ago in the old “Spotlight” newspaper. 

 

Obviously, in its support for Israel, the Nesher group works for the Amalekite Jew bankers and masters and probably closely with both the CIA and the Mossad.  Undoubtedly, some of the actions of this group may actually benefit the state of Israel (like on the cover-up on the Israeli attack on the USS Liberty).  But the better view is that the Nesher group works for the Amalekite plutocrats running things in the US. 

 

 

Teel and “Spotlight” 

 

Possibly, in one of the retaliation moves against “Spotlight,” US Judge S. Martin Teel, ordered “Spotlight” shut down in 2001 (as described elsewhere herein).  As it turned out, this Teel was a former US Attorney who worked in the Justice Department for one of the people in the Nesher clique (Deputy Attorney General Arnold Burns). 

 

Whether Teel took out the Nesher revenge on “Spotlight” or not will remain a question mark.  But the tie is interesting for the moment. 

 

 

More on Traficant 

 

Anyway, Traficant found out about this clique and its role in persecuting an innocent elderly American worker from his congressional district.  The worker was John Demjanjuk, who was hustled off to the state of Israel to stand trial for alleged war crimes against Jews in WWII.  Demjanjuk was found innocent.  He returned to the US and immediately the feds took after him in an effort to have him deported. 

 

In other words, the very fact that the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters didn’t like Demjanjuk was sufficient cause for the US Justice Department to go after him full blast to cause the old man still more problems before he died. 

 

 

The OSI 

 

Reportedly, this clique in the Justice Department (in the form of a “Nazi hunting unit” known as the Office of Special Investigations--OSI) stole some computer software from the INSLAW company (the software was designed for use in surveillance operations).  Someone in Justice, evidently Burns, who was tied to Israeli intelligence, passed the stolen software material to Israeli intelligence, the Mossad. 

 

INSLAW brought a lawsuit over the theft and Teel handled the case for Justice.  He was appropriately rewarded by being made a US Judge. 

 

From this point, Traficant came on board to expose the whole Office of Special Investigations as a fraud and especially in the way it handled the Demjanjuk case.  Obviously, Traficant had made some major enemies.  He had to go.  Thereupon, the US Justice Department and reportedly the Nesher team of operatives went to work to frame, prosecute and convict Traficant. 

 

 

David Duke 

 

Another strange case needing mention is the one concerning David Duke, a popular Ku Klux Klan leader in the state of Louisiana.  Duke was a young man, filled with energy and hatred for the Jewish power in control of America (correctly, the Amalekite power running things and not the overall Jewish definition--ed).  Accordingly, he made many serious enemies and very quickly in time.  Given an opportunity, he had to go. 

 

In 1989, Duke was elected to the Louisiana state legislature where he reportedly served with distinction and made some important contributions to truth and justice. 

 

In 1991, he ran for the US Senate and placed in a runoff with a long time known Louisiana crook.  But Duke was up against a political machine and the powers of the Amalekite bankers/masters who rule the United States.  Thus, he was defeated for the Senate. 

 

Though he was out politically, he did continue making waves against the Jewish power in both the US and abroad.  He wrote a book in support of White people and gained a little publicity in its distribution.  As discussed elsewhere herein, he went to Russia and made some waves in selling his book and expounding his ideas on world problems. 

 

But somewhere along the line, poor Duke made some goofs because he either failed to keep records of his expenses and income; or indeed, did try to cheat on his income tax return (which is not unusual because vast numbers of Americans cheat on their tax returns--besides the fact that many persons are aware that the US income tax seems to be totally illegal). 

 

 

He Was Nabbed 

 

Since Duke was the enemy par excellent of the Amalekite bankers/masters and their political janissaries in the US government (and probably, the secret Nesher unit in the US government), he had to go.  All that was needed to get rid of David Duke was something.  And evidently, that something turned out to be the question of him paying the IRS. 

 

So, in 2002, Washington built a case against Duke.  She claimed that in the year 1998, he took in $65,000 in book sales, speaking engagements, etc, and only reported $18,831 on his federal tax return (Dec 27, 2002, “Forward,” p. 2).  This situation invited a detailed federal investigation and assault upon poor Duke. 

 

While this writer does not have the details reported in Duke’s tax return, some comments can be made on some personal knowledge available to me.  This writer is a CPA and in prior years has done some auditing of tax returns.  Believe me, $65,000 is nothing in today’s world for a person publishing and selling a book and/or traveling to give speeches and promote book sales. 

 

It costs a pile of money to publish and distribute books.  It costs even bigger piles of money to go on the road (and especially overseas in foreign countries) to distribute books and make speeches.  Both travel and publishing costs are fantastically high.  It is extremely difficult, if not impossible, for a little man (which Duke manifestly is) to really make “any” money in such undertakings. 

 

In other words, it is highly likely that Duke’s expenses absorbed most or all of any income which he took in.  In that vein, he probably really owed little or nothing in federal taxes. 

 

Unless born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth (as is true with the Bush family members--per Texas Governor Ann Richards a few years ago), the typical Ku Klux Klanner or Christian Identity advocate is a poor, White redneck with nothing but an old car and the clothes on his back. 

 

Like other right wingers, it is inconceivable that Duke had any money and surely not enough money to hire lawyers and accountants to keep the IRS off of himself. 

 

The essence of this writer’s view is that smart lawyers and accountants could have protected Duke (if he would have had the money to hire them) and even if he was as guilty as sin.  The loop holes in the federal tax code are enormous and it is no problem for anyone above the idiot level to beat the tax man. 

 

In any case, Duke didn’t cover his tracks (whether he was honest or crooked).  Big Brother came after him with a vengeance and prosecuted him for the tax problem and for allegedly taking and misusing money from supporters.  He went to court and pled guilty in December 2002 of these charges. 

 

 

A Setup? 

 

The Jan 27, 2003, “American Free Press” (p. 13) had a story by Michael Collins Piper on “Louisiana Populist ‘Dukes it out’ With Justice” which assessed the Duke case and allowed that it involved a setup to “get Duke.”  The message to any and all persons who try to go against the system is a warning that “This could happen to you.” 

 

As Piper noted, many people are well aware of the fact that “A U.S. attorney can indict a ham sandwich if he wants to.”  Thus, Duke was destined for trouble from the feds and regardless of why or for what reason. 

 

As discussed elsewhere herein, there are now tens of thousands of federal laws, rules and regulations now on the books which can send a person to jail in modern America (and many of these have become law by presidential action in preparing executive orders and regulations). 

 

Every time one gets out of bed in the morning and begins almost any activity, there is a strong likelihood that he has violated a federal law or rule somewhere or somehow.  Just like traffic cops have enormous latitude to stop drivers, the federal government now has the same option. 

 

What it boils down to is that the feds have carte blanche authority to prosecute whomever they want to and whenever they want to--because there are so many laws and the feds have so much discretionary authority to either enforce or not enforce those laws.  In some cases (with politically incorrect people), they will choose to enforce those many laws. 

 

 

The Parallel with Walker 

 

As pointed out elsewhere herein, General Edwin Walker went to Mississippi in the early 1960s to oppose the evil and diabolical Kennedys as they were forcing racial integration and amalgamation upon the people of Mississippi.  Walker was arrested and hauled off to a federal mental hospital in Springfield, Missouri.  The controlled media, of course, claimed that he was nuts. 

 

After being ”treated” and released from the hospital, the General was never the same.  In time, he was alleged to be a homosexual and this allegation completely destroyed any following and respect that he had among Christian right-wingers in the United States.  Most Christian Americans were in no mood for a nut (who opposed racial integration) or for an alleged homosexual. 

 

Something very similar has now taken place in terms of David Duke.  Whether he will ever reach a federal mental hospital or not is questionable (although once a person is in federal confinement, who knows what Big Brother will do to him and his mental capacities).   But one thing is for sure.  David Duke and any political effectiveness he may have had is now over.  

 

Duke has been totally discredited and destroyed.  He will be a convicted felon and an outcast in the society and world which he worked so hard at preserving. 

 

 

Matt Hale 

 

There is another case developing in 2003 which also reflects upon the ability of the leftist rulers of the United States to completely close down all opposition to the ideas of racial integration, miscegenation and amalgamation.  This one concerns a 31-year-old man named Matt Hale of East Peoria, Illinois. 

 

Hale was earlier a member of the so-called Christian right-wing group known as the World Church of the Creator that was founded some years ago by a man named Ben Klassen.  While this writer knows little about the group, it did have a huge reputation as a very racially conscious group (which means that it was against racial amalgamation, as now developing). 

 

This writer is unclear on whether it was equally as concerned with the Jews as with the Blacks.  Probably, both aspects were addressed in the original Klassen movement and especially with Hale as he reportedly refers to Jews as “kikes.” 

 

Anyway, it would appear that Klassen died and his work split into several different factions and entities.  One was headed by Matt Hale (called the supreme leader and Pontifex Maximus in his group).  Now, Hale is under arrest and facing charges that he tried to hire someone to murder US District Judge Joan Humphrey Lefkow, who is apparently married to an Amalekite Jew. 

 

The Jan 9, 2003, Spokane “Spokesman-Review” (p. A3) had a story from Chicago on the arrest of Hale and the allegation against him.  In background, Hale went into court in early January in a civil lawsuit dealing with a copyright question and the feds promptly arrested him and charged him with soliciting the murder of Judge Lefkow. 

 

Allegedly, Hale was angry at the judge because of her rulings.  Per the story, he tried to hire someone to murder the woman.  Since the newspaper story was rather vague and lacking in details on the matter, this writer certainly lacks information to take any stand or not on Hale and the allegations. 

 

But in reading the account, the thought struck me.  Once Hale is in federal custody, is it possible that he, like General Walker and possibly David Duke, may be worked on and changed?  For sure, if he ever beats this rap (and the likelihood that he has been purposely set up by federal provocateurs), he will never be the same person. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 392--Entrapment

 

 

Some Definitions 

 

The word entrapment comes from the source word “entrap” which, per the Funk & Wagnalls’ “Standard Desk Dictionary” (p. 212), means “1. To catch in or as in a trap.  2. To trick into danger of difficulty; deceive; ensnare.” 

 

Therefore, the previously discussed acts of the Big Brother state to convert simple telephones into deceptive listening devices becomes an entrapment operation (so that Washington can spy upon and listen to innocuous conversations with a goal of discovering some law violation that will mean the prosecution of the speaker).  Thus, the phones are entrapped. 

 

Likewise, the formerly discussed work of federal agents to set up sting operations to provoke some person into violating a law so that the person can be arrested and prosecuted involves an entrapment act.  Per Funk & Wagnalls (p. 662), the word sting can include the obvious manifestation of pain and injury as well as “to stimulate; goad; spur.” 

 

Finally, former chapters also discussed the great hegelian principle of dialectic reasoning--a process whereby thought passes repeatedly in ascending stages from thesis to antithesis to synthesis (Funk & Wagnalls’ “Standard Desk Dictionary,” p. 298).  In essence, dialectic reasoning consists of creating a problem, proposing a solution and then achieving the desired end, which otherwise would not have been attainable. 

 

Consequently, when some event or reaction is desired from the gullible public, an event can be staged to take place which will provoke the desired reaction.  Thus, when the power players want a law passed to take away basic rights and freedoms, they set up a staged or scripted event to bring about the desired law. 

 

In the Six Day War, the Israelis attacked the USS Liberty and tried their best to sink it and drown all of the US sailors (as elsewhere described herein).  Why?  Well, the obvious plan was so that the Egyptians would be blamed, and the US would be prompted to attack Egypt.  This event involved an entrapment and the hegelian dialectic. 

 

 

Politically Incorrect Persons 

 

In the move to world government (which will be described in some detail in subsequent chapters herein), there is a great push upon people all over the world to become politically correct--that is to develop and maintain ideas and thinking which are in conformity with the philosophy and mentality of the governing leaders/rulers. 

 

This condition has generated the feasibility to define most people in the world and certainly in the United States into one of two categories--either being politically correct (that is in harmony with what the leaders/rulers are advocating) or politically incorrect (that is against or not in harmony with what the leaders/rulers are pushing). 

 

Other commentary hereafter will assess these concepts in detail in the vein that as far as government leaders/rulers are concerned, the greatest crimes occur when people will not bow to and accept the wisdom, thinking and government edicts coming forth from the governing leaders/rulers. 

 

Tragically, government is not overly concerned with the normal murders, robberies, drugs, assaults, etc which have been traditionally present in society.  But the government is profoundly concerned with any person who will not toe the line and blindly follow whatever the government commands for its subjects. 

 

Politically incorrect people are hated the most of all by government leaders.  And they present the greatest of threats to the government rulers/leaders.  Thus, they must be stomped out at all cost.  

 

It is this strange paradox which has generated the pathetic state that the US is in today where there are some 50,000 to 100,000 child kidnappings annually (and with the further tragedy that many or most of these children will be sexually abused and finally murdered).  Yet, government, social, media and other leaders seem largely unconcerned with this condition. 

 

Of course, the controlled media, the governing politicians, the educators in the schools, etc will cry to high heaven over guns, so-called hate crimes and hate thoughts emanating from the Christian Identity movement, Ku Klux Klan, queer haters, and so forth. 

 

Yes, let one of these politically incorrect events occur and the media will blast the story on and on and the government will pull out all of the stops to find the perpetrator. 

 

Obviously, it should not take too many brains above the idiot level to understand and grasp the reality that something is fundamentally wrong today and especially in America.  There is much warped thinking on what is wrong and what is not wrong.  Society seems totally incapable of focusing on the big things and instead seems obsessed with the little or nothing things. 

 

 

Some History 

 

While there have been various and sundry persons and movements which have acted to motivate, push, prod and influence the United States in various directions since her founding in the 1780s, the reality seems to be that the Rothschilds and other banking families (in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, the Rockefellers arrived on stage to also become extremely powerful in the US) have been the most powerful of these forces. 

 

Certainly, the Amalekite masters and bankers were largely behind the War of 1812 and perhaps even to some extent involved in the Mexican War.  This force of conspiratorial people set up and directed the US Civil War of the 1860s.  They probably had a hand to play in the Spanish-American War.  And certainly, the bankers completely engineered WWI and WWII. 

 

All of the conflicts set up and directed since 1945 have involved the plutocratic bankers in some form or the other.  Yes, Korea, Vietnam, the Balkans, all of the US conflicts in the Middle East, and so forth have all been perpetuated and forced upon the American people by the plutocrats (mainly the Amalekite plutocrats). 

 

The fat cats have used various means and methods of bringing on these wars (in order to make money and move toward world government).  The use of false atrocity stories has been one of the primary practices to motivate the American people to go to war.  This practice was or will be addressed in other chapters herein and needs no particular focus now. 

 

Too, the US plutocrats and political leadership have been highly successful in creating incidents to bring on wars.  Other commentary herein has or will address the sinking of the battleship Maine in Havana to cause the Spanish-American War, the sinking of the Lusitania on May 7, 1915, in order to bring the US into WWI, and the Pearl Harbor attack to promote WWII. 

 

Between atrocity stories and staged incidents, the controlling plutocrats and their political lackeys and stooges have successfully caused virtually all of America’s acts of war and the slaughter of multiplied millions of people (the majority of which have been simply poor people trying to survive in their oppressed state at the hand of the Amalekite bankers and masters out to destroy them).  

 

If the big boys want a war (or as Mrs Rothschild acknowledged, long ago, her sons created the European wars, as discussed earlier herein), there will be a war. 

 

In fact, it is these big boys and their political lackeys who always define what is and what is not politically correct.  Therefore, the entire push against politically incorrect people comes from this combine of evil. 

 

 

The 1960s and the Kennedy Wars  

 

There is no denying the evils and great acts of hurt, pain and suffering fostered upon both Americans and the rest of the world by such vile and corrupt people as the Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Abraham Lincoln, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, etc. 

 

But the gross practice of oppression and evil reached the heights of success, starting in the 1960s, with the election of John F. Kennedy. 

 

Kennedy only served less than three years before the bankers cut him down in an open outright murder (with the cooperation and assistance of their lackey Lyndon Johnson, as described in some detail in former chapters herein). 

 

But in those three years, Kennedy set in play some profoundly wrong motions which have spelled out some of the greatest of evils the United States has accomplished in her entire history.  The evils which Kennedy launched have only intensified with his successors in office. 

 

First, Kennedy launched Murder, Incorporated to send CIA agents and US money all over the world to assassinate or intimidate politically incorrect people around the world.  Because of Congressional opposition, this effort died down a little in the late 1970s and early 1980s.  But it came back in time, and today, George W. Bush has reemphasized the motion by trying to assassinate Saddam Hussein. 

 

Assassinations have not been the only treachery and evil of the CIA in its work around the globe.  As discussed earlier herein, the CIA has used undercover agents and provocateurs and huge sums of money around the world to generally cause trouble and hurt on any nation or national leader who will not toe the line to the wishes of the ruling American plutocrats. 

 

In a very recent illustration of how this game is played, the Venezuelan reformer, Hugo Chavez, would not play the game according to Rockefeller rules (over the Venezuelan oilfields).  Accordingly, Rocky, the CIA and the Clinton and George W. Bush people have been working overtime to try to bring him down.  By now, it is an almost certainty that the CIA has an assassination contract out on Hugo. 

 

 

The Kennedy War on Americans 

 

The second big act of evil and despotism under Kennedy came in the United States when the war on the right wing started in earnest as US government policy. 

 

It was bad enough that federal agents and prosecutors were scurrying around the country trying to find politically incorrect people on race who could be arrested and fully prosecuted for daring to have politically incorrect ideas, but the Kennedy despots went even further. 

 

Kennedy decided to infiltrate spies, agents, provocateurs and trouble makers in general into all of the right wing movements which would not toe the line on racial integration and amalgamation.  This attack concentrated upon the Ku Klux Klan, the Christian Identity Churches, and other right wing non-conformists and politically incorrect people or groups. 

 

The idea was that these right wingers would be motivated, led, guided, pushed, prodded and influenced to violate some law so that they could be arrested, prosecuted and either executed or put away for most or all of their lives. 

 

Once Kennedy set this act of evil into play, all American leaders have continued the motion since 1963.  Even today, virtually all of these right wing groups are heavily infiltrated by federal agents and provocateurs there trying to induce a law violation and an arrest or execution. 

 

The tremendous strength and success of this effort, over a period of now 43 years, spells out the certainty that its whole thrust must have involved the Amalekite plutocrats who have ruled the United States since the 1960s.  In other words, the big boys wanted it, and Kennedy and all subsequent presidents have accommodated them. 

 

And why would the super rich be so concerned about Blacks and integrating and mixing them with White people?  Well, it goes back to Balaam and the devotion that the Amalekites have had to this methodology to destroy Yisrael and indeed the Adam kind.  Too, one race promotes the coming world government (as will be defined in some detail in succeeding chapters herein). 

 

 

The Muslim Terrorists 

 

And while various presidents, plutocrats and others calling the shots have been actively pursuing the entrapment of the right wing in the United States, they have also looked at the Muslims and decided to go after them in the same way that they have went after people in the Ku Klux Klan. 

 

The US leadership has infiltrated agents and provocateurs into various Muslim groups in order to promote some violation of law so that the Muslims can be arrested and socked away in US jails. 

 

But there is another ingredient in this thing that really has contributed to the success of the motion.  The evidence is massive that the Mossad is directly involved in these operations.  One must remember that the Mossad had agents in Waco, Texas when the Davidians were attacked and murdered by Big Brother.  It is unclear what the Mossad agents were doing at Waco.  But they were there. 

 

In terms of the Muslims, and especially the Arab Muslims, the Mossad has any number of agents who look like Arabs (after all, they are very closely connected racially), can speak Arabic fluently, are fully familiar with the Arab culture and Muslim religion, and can pass easily as an Arab. 

 

 

Some Cases 

 

Lee Harvey Oswald and his tragic story was detailed in former chapters herein.  Suffice to say, Oswald was a patsy set up by the Mob, federal agents, J. Edgar Hoover, Lyndon Baines Johnson and the Warren Commission.  The real killers of JFK completely beat the rap. 

 

The 1993 World Trade Center bombing was a sting operation set up by FBI undercover agents.  While this event involved stupid Arab Muslims, the case can readily be made that they were the patsies set up to be arrested and executed or sent to prison (just as happened earlier with the Ku Klux Klan). 

 

Timothy McVeigh was another set up patsy in the OC bombing.  There was massive reports of dark skinned Middle Easterners involved in this thing (all of this was pushed under the rug with the arrest, trial and conviction of the patsy).  As discussed previously on this thing, there was even some evidence of the involvement of the Mossad. 

 

The preceding chapter assessed the situation with James Traficant, David Duke, and Matt Hale.  Any or all of these three cases can involve a federal entrapment operation.  As a minimum, these three persons (and others like them) have been subjected to extra monitoring and spying which never helped their states.  In other words, they were watched carefully so that they could be charged with something. 

 

Commentary hereafter will assess the 9-11-2001 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.  There is a massive amount of evidence indicating that this was a Mossad operation--perhaps using the CIA and/or CIA money and the Nesher network of undercover agents operating internally in the US government. 

 

In the shoot down or loss of various aircraft, off of the US coast (as described in preceding chapters herein), there remains all kinds of questions.  In other words, these losses were all covered up for some reason.  In the case of the loss of the Egyptian plane, one could easily make the case that the Mossad was involved (because of the large number of Egyptian pilots on that craft). 

 

Even the huge number of mysterious wild shootings have to be placed in the same questionable state.  The Amalekite Senator Charles Schumer and his colleagues all benefited from these acts in order to pass new laws that take away the basic rights and freedoms in the US. 

 

All of these shootings and acts of terrorism have promoted the coming world government.  Since Schumer is tied to the Amalekite Jewish plutocrats, these shootings could be set up events. 

 

 

The Future 

 

The bottom line here on this theme is that the US government, US government agents, the Mossad, the Nesher network, the plutocrats and various other parties have been working together for many years now to reduce or eliminate politically incorrect people and activities all over the world and especially in the United States. 

 

These people are working together and can be expected to go after the very elect with a passion and commitment.  In other words, the followers of YESHUA must be on guard and very careful about whom they fellowship with. 

 

In a final note, later chapters will describe the enormous surfacing of mind control techniques and operations now on-going.  This reality adds another vastly frightening dimension to the whole subject of entrapment.  Truly, we live in very dangerous times.